1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
71 #include "thread-fsm.h"
72 #include "tid-parse.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
115 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
116 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
117 enum bptype type_wanted
);
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct linespec_result
*,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
122 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
127 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
128 const struct event_location
*location
,
129 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
130 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
);
132 static void clear_command (char *, int);
134 static void catch_command (char *, int);
136 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
138 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
140 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
142 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
144 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
145 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
146 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
148 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
150 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
151 struct symtab_and_line
,
153 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
155 static struct breakpoint
*
156 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
158 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
161 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
163 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
167 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
168 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
169 struct obj_section
*, int);
171 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
172 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
174 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
175 struct address_space
*aspace
,
178 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
179 struct address_space
*,
182 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
184 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
186 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
187 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
189 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
191 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
193 static void commands_command (char *, int);
195 static void condition_command (char *, int);
204 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
205 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
207 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
209 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
211 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
213 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
215 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
217 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
219 int *other_type_used
);
221 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
223 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
225 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
228 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
230 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
232 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
234 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
236 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
237 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
238 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
240 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
242 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
243 insert locations now. */
244 enum ugll_insert_mode
246 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
247 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
248 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
249 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
250 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
251 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
252 returns true on them.
254 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
255 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
256 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
257 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
258 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
259 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
263 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
264 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
267 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
268 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
269 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
270 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
271 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
272 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
273 as no thread is running yet. */
277 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
279 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
281 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
283 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
285 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
287 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
289 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
291 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
293 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
295 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
297 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
299 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
301 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
304 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
306 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
307 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
308 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
309 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
311 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
312 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
314 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
315 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
317 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
318 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
320 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
322 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
324 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
325 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
327 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
328 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
330 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
331 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
332 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
333 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
334 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
335 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
337 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
338 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
339 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
340 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
346 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
348 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
349 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
350 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
351 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
353 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
355 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
356 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
357 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
358 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
359 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
360 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
361 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
363 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
365 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
367 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
369 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
370 breakpoints share a single command list. */
371 struct counted_command_line
373 /* The reference count. */
376 /* The command list. */
377 struct command_line
*commands
;
380 struct command_line
*
381 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
383 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
386 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
387 current breakpoint. */
389 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
392 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
394 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
395 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
397 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
399 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
402 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
403 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
404 if such is available. */
405 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
408 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
409 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
412 fprintf_filtered (file
,
413 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
414 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
418 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
419 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
420 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
421 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
422 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
424 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
425 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
428 fprintf_filtered (file
,
429 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
430 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
434 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
435 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
436 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
437 use hardware breakpoints. */
438 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
440 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
441 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
444 fprintf_filtered (file
,
445 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
449 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
450 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
451 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
452 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
453 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
454 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
455 processing user input. */
456 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
459 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
460 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
462 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
466 /* See breakpoint.h. */
469 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
471 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
473 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
474 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
475 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
478 else if (target_has_execution
)
480 struct thread_info
*tp
;
482 if (always_inserted_mode
)
484 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
489 if (threads_are_executing ())
492 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
493 stopped, we still have events to process. */
494 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
496 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
502 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
504 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
505 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
506 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
507 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
508 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
509 condition_evaluation_auto
,
510 condition_evaluation_host
,
511 condition_evaluation_target
,
515 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
516 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
518 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
519 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
520 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
522 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
523 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
524 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
528 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
530 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
532 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
533 return condition_evaluation_target
;
535 return condition_evaluation_host
;
541 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
544 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
546 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
549 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
553 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
555 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
557 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
560 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
562 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
563 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
565 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
566 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
568 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
569 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
571 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
572 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
573 current breakpoint. */
575 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
577 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
578 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
579 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
582 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
583 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
584 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
586 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
587 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
588 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
591 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
592 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
593 to where the loop should start from.
594 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
595 appropriate location to start with. */
597 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
598 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
599 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
601 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
602 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
605 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
607 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
608 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
609 if (is_tracepoint (B))
611 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
613 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
615 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
617 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
619 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
621 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
623 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
624 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
625 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
626 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
627 an address you need to read. */
629 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
631 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
632 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
633 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
634 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
635 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
637 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
639 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
640 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
642 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
644 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
646 static int breakpoint_count
;
648 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
649 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
650 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
651 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
652 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
654 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
656 static int tracepoint_count
;
658 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
659 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
660 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
662 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
665 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
668 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
672 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
679 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
681 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
683 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
686 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
689 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
691 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
692 breakpoint_count
= num
;
693 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
696 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
697 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
698 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
700 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
704 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
706 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
709 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
713 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
715 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
718 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
721 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
723 struct breakpoint
*b
;
729 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
730 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
732 static struct counted_command_line
*
733 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
735 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
738 result
->commands
= commands
;
743 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
746 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
752 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
753 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
754 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
757 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
761 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
763 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
770 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
773 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
775 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
778 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
781 static struct cleanup
*
782 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
784 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
788 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
789 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
792 get_breakpoint (int num
)
794 struct breakpoint
*b
;
797 if (b
->number
== num
)
805 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
806 evaluating conditions on its side. */
809 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
811 struct bp_location
*loc
;
813 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
814 evaluating conditions and if the user has
815 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
817 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
818 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
821 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
824 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
825 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
828 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
829 evaluating conditions on its side. */
832 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
834 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
835 evaluating conditions and if the user has
836 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
838 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
839 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
843 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
846 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
849 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
850 condition_evaluation_mode. */
853 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
854 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
856 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
858 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
859 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
861 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
862 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
863 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
867 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
868 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
870 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
871 settings was "auto". */
872 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
874 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
875 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
877 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
878 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
879 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
881 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
882 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
885 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
887 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
889 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
890 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
894 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
895 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
896 target knows about. */
897 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
898 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
899 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
903 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
909 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
910 what "auto" is translating to. */
913 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
914 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
916 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
917 fprintf_filtered (file
,
918 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
919 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
921 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
923 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
927 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
928 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
929 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
932 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
934 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
935 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
937 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
940 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
943 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
944 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
945 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
948 static struct bp_location
**
949 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
951 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
952 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
953 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
955 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
956 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
957 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
959 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
960 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
961 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
962 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
963 bp_location_compare_addrs
));
965 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
966 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
969 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
970 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
971 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
972 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
979 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
982 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
983 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
985 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
987 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
994 struct bp_location
*loc
;
996 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1001 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
1002 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
1003 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1010 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1014 const char *arg
= exp
;
1016 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1017 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1018 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1019 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1021 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1023 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1025 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1027 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1029 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1030 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1034 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1036 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1040 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1041 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1043 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1047 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1049 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1052 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1054 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1055 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1056 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1060 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1061 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1065 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1066 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1070 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1071 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1073 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1076 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1077 len
= strlen (text
);
1083 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1085 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1086 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1092 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1093 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1094 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1097 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1100 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1102 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1107 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1110 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1112 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1115 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1117 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1118 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1119 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1120 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1121 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1123 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1125 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1126 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1127 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1129 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1131 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1132 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1137 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1140 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1141 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1142 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1145 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1147 struct command_line
*c
;
1149 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1153 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1155 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1157 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1158 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1160 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1161 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1162 command directly. */
1163 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1164 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1166 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1167 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1171 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1174 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1176 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1177 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1178 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1182 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1184 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1187 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1188 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1192 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1193 struct command_line
*commands
)
1195 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1197 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1198 struct command_line
*c
;
1199 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1201 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1202 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1206 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1207 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1208 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1209 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1210 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1211 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1212 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1213 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1214 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1215 tracepoint's context. */
1216 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1218 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1220 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1221 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1222 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1223 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1224 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1225 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1228 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1229 "can be used only once"));
1234 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1238 struct command_line
*c2
;
1240 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1241 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1242 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1244 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1245 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1251 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1255 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1256 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1259 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1261 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1262 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1263 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1266 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1268 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1269 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1270 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1276 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1277 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1280 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1281 struct command_line
*commands
)
1283 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1285 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1286 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1287 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1290 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1291 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1295 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1297 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1300 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1301 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1304 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1305 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1308 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1310 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1313 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1314 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1317 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1318 breakpoint work for any task. */
1321 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1323 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1326 if (old_task
!= task
)
1327 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1331 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1333 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1335 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1338 /* A structure used to pass information through
1339 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1341 struct commands_info
1343 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1346 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1349 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1350 already-parsed command. */
1351 struct command_line
*control
;
1353 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1355 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1358 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1359 commands_command. */
1362 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1364 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1366 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1368 struct command_line
*l
;
1370 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1371 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1374 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1377 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1378 "%s, one per line."),
1381 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1383 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1386 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1389 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1392 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1395 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1397 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1399 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1400 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1401 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1402 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1403 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1408 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1409 struct command_line
*control
)
1411 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1412 struct commands_info info
;
1414 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1415 info
.control
= control
;
1417 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1418 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1419 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1421 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1423 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1424 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1426 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1427 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1430 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1431 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1432 numbers will fail in this case. */
1437 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1439 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1442 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1446 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1448 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1449 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1451 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1455 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1457 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1460 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1461 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1463 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1464 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1465 enum command_control_type
1466 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1468 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1469 return simple_control
;
1472 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1475 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1477 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1481 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1482 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1487 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1488 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1491 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1492 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1493 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1496 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1497 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1498 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1499 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1500 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1502 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1503 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1507 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1508 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1510 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1514 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1516 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1517 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1519 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1521 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1526 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1528 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1533 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1534 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1536 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1537 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1538 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1542 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1544 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1545 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1548 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1550 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1551 shadow_contents buffer. */
1552 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1553 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1554 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1556 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1558 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1559 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1563 const unsigned char *bp
;
1564 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1567 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1568 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1569 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1571 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1573 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1575 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1576 breakpoint's INSN. */
1577 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1581 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1582 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1584 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1585 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1586 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1588 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1589 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1590 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1591 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1592 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1593 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1594 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1595 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1597 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1600 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1601 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1602 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1604 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1606 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1609 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1610 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1611 report higher one. */
1614 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1615 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1617 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1619 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1620 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1622 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1623 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1624 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1625 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1627 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1628 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1629 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1631 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1633 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1640 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1641 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1642 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1643 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1644 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1647 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1649 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1650 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1651 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1654 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1657 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1659 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1661 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1662 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1666 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1667 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1668 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1671 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1674 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1675 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1676 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1679 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1682 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1683 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1689 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1693 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1695 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1696 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1697 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1700 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1703 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1705 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1706 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1707 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1710 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1714 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1716 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1717 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1720 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1721 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1722 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1723 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1724 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1725 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1726 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1727 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1730 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1732 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1733 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1734 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1735 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1738 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1739 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1742 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1744 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1746 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1748 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1749 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1750 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1751 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1752 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1754 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1757 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1760 static struct value
*
1761 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1763 struct value
*bit_val
;
1768 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1770 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1773 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1780 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1781 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1782 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1783 to be able to report stops. */
1786 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1787 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1789 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1791 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1792 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1793 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1794 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1797 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1798 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1801 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1803 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1805 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1806 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1807 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1810 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1811 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1812 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1813 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1815 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1817 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1818 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1821 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1822 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1823 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1824 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1825 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1826 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1827 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1828 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1830 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1831 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1832 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1833 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1834 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1835 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1836 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1837 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1840 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1841 hardware watchpoints:
1843 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1844 called several times when GDB stops.
1847 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1848 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1849 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1850 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1851 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1852 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1853 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1854 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1855 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1856 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1857 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1859 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1860 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1863 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1865 int within_current_scope
;
1866 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1869 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1870 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1871 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1872 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1875 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1880 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1881 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1882 within_current_scope
= 1;
1885 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1886 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1887 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1889 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1890 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1891 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1892 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1893 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1896 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1897 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1898 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1899 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1902 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1904 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1905 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1906 if (within_current_scope
)
1910 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1911 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1912 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1915 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1924 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1925 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1926 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1927 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1928 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1929 be completely different objects. */
1930 value_free (b
->val
);
1934 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1935 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1936 locations (re)created below. */
1937 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1939 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1941 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1945 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1946 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1950 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1951 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1952 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1953 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1954 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1955 if (!target_has_execution
)
1957 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1958 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1959 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1960 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1962 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1963 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1965 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1966 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1969 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1972 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1973 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1975 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1977 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1978 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1979 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1980 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1981 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1983 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1985 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1987 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1995 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1997 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1998 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
2000 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
2001 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
2002 must watch it. If the first value returned is
2003 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2004 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2005 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
2006 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
2008 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
2010 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2011 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2012 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2014 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2015 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
2018 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
2019 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
2020 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
2022 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
2024 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2026 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
2027 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
2029 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2031 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2032 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2033 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2034 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2035 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2038 addr
= value_address (v
);
2041 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2046 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2048 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2051 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2052 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2055 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2057 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2058 loc
->address
= addr
;
2062 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2063 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2066 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2068 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2073 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2074 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2075 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2080 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2081 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2083 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2087 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2090 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2091 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2092 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2094 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2095 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2096 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2097 this watchpoint in as well. */
2099 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2100 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2101 hardware watchpoint type. */
2102 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2103 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2104 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2106 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2107 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2108 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2109 through watch_command), so always account for it
2112 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2113 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2115 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2116 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2119 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2120 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2122 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2124 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2125 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2126 "hardware watchpoint."));
2127 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2128 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2129 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2131 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2132 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2136 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2137 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2138 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2140 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2143 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2145 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2146 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2147 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2149 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2150 "read/access watchpoint."));
2153 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2155 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2156 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2157 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2158 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2161 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2163 next
= value_next (v
);
2168 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2169 above left it without any location set up. But,
2170 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2171 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2172 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2173 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (&b
->base
, frame_pspace
);
2175 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2177 printf_filtered (_("\
2178 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2179 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2181 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2184 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2186 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2190 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2191 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2192 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2193 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2194 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2196 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2198 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2201 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2204 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2207 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2210 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2211 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2212 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2213 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2214 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2215 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2216 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2217 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2218 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2221 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2223 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2224 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2225 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2230 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2231 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2232 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2233 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2238 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2239 instruction that triggered one. */
2240 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2241 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2245 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2246 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2247 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2248 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2257 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2258 that the location is not duplicated. */
2261 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2264 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2267 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2268 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2272 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2273 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2274 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2275 any error during parsing. */
2277 static struct agent_expr
*
2278 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2280 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2285 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2286 that may show up. */
2289 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2292 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2294 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2295 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2296 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2301 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2305 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2306 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2307 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2308 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2309 one of them is true. */
2312 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2314 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2315 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2316 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2317 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2319 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2320 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2322 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2323 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2324 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2326 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2327 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2330 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2331 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2332 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2333 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2334 response back to GDB. */
2335 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2338 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2342 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2344 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2345 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2346 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2347 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2348 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2349 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2352 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2353 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2354 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2356 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2362 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2363 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2364 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2366 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2367 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2368 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2370 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2373 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2375 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2377 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2380 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2381 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2386 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2387 for this location's address. */
2388 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2392 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2393 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2394 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2396 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2397 conditions to the target. */
2398 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2399 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2405 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2406 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2407 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2409 static struct agent_expr
*
2410 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2412 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2413 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2414 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2415 const char *cmdrest
;
2416 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2417 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2419 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2426 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2428 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2430 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2431 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2433 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2435 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2437 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2439 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2441 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2442 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2444 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2446 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2447 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2449 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2451 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2453 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2455 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2456 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2459 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2464 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2465 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2467 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2471 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2472 that may show up. */
2475 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2476 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2477 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2479 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2481 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2482 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2483 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2488 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2490 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2494 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2495 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2496 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2499 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2501 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2502 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2503 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2504 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2506 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2507 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2509 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2512 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2513 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2516 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2517 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2518 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2520 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2523 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2524 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2525 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2529 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2530 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2531 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2532 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2533 response back to GDB. */
2534 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2537 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2541 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2543 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2544 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2545 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2546 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2547 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2548 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2549 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2552 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2553 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2554 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2556 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2562 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2564 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2566 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2569 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2570 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2572 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2574 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2577 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2578 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2583 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2584 for this location's address. */
2585 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2588 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2589 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2590 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2591 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2593 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2594 to send the commands to the target. */
2595 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2599 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2600 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2601 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2602 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2605 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2606 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2607 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2608 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2611 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2612 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2614 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2615 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2616 int *disabled_breaks
,
2617 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2618 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2620 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2621 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2623 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2626 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2627 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2628 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2629 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2630 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2631 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2632 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2633 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2634 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2635 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2636 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2637 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2639 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2640 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2641 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2642 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2644 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2646 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2647 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2648 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2649 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2652 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2653 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2655 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2657 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2658 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2659 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2661 Two important cases are:
2662 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2663 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2664 hardware breakpoint.
2665 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2666 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2667 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2670 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2671 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2672 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2673 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2675 struct mem_region
*mr
2676 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2680 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2682 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2684 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2685 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2687 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2689 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2691 static int said
= 0;
2693 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2696 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2697 _("Note: automatically using "
2698 "hardware breakpoints for "
2699 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2704 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2705 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2707 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2708 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2709 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2710 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2712 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2718 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2719 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2720 || bl
->section
== NULL
2721 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2723 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2728 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2730 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2732 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2735 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2741 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2742 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2743 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2745 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2746 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2747 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2748 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2749 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2753 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2755 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2756 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2757 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2759 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2764 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2765 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2767 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2769 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2772 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2776 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2777 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2778 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2779 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2783 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2784 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2786 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2791 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2793 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2795 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2798 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2804 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2805 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2810 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2812 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2814 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2815 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2816 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2817 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2818 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2819 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2820 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2821 errors as memory errors. */
2822 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2823 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2824 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2825 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2828 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2829 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2830 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2831 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2833 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2834 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2836 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2837 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2838 "library breakpoints:\n");
2840 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2841 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2842 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2847 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2849 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2850 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2851 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2852 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2853 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2854 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2855 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2859 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2862 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2863 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2864 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2866 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2867 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2869 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2870 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2874 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2875 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2890 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2891 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2892 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2893 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2897 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2898 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2900 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2902 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2903 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2904 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2906 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2908 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2909 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2911 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2913 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2914 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2918 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2919 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2926 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2927 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2930 /* Back to the original value. */
2931 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2935 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2938 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2942 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2943 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2945 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2948 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2952 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2953 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2955 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2958 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2960 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2961 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2962 so just return success. */
2969 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2970 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2974 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2976 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2977 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2979 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2980 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2982 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2983 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2986 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2987 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2988 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2990 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2992 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2994 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2995 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2996 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2998 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2999 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3001 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3007 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3008 removed locations above. */
3009 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3012 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3013 Throws exception on any error.
3014 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3015 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3017 insert_breakpoints (void)
3019 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3021 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3022 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3024 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3026 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3029 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3030 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3031 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3032 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3035 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3038 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3040 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3042 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3044 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3048 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3049 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3050 always-inserted mode. */
3053 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3055 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3058 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3059 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3060 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3062 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3063 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3065 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3066 there was an error. */
3067 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3069 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3071 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3073 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3075 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3078 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3079 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3080 deletion of breakpoints. */
3081 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3084 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3086 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3087 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3088 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3089 insert breakpoints. */
3090 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3091 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3094 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3095 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3102 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3103 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3106 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3109 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3112 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3114 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3115 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3118 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3119 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3120 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3122 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3123 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3125 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3126 there was an error. */
3127 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3129 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3131 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3133 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3136 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3137 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3138 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3139 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3140 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3143 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3145 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3146 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3147 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3148 insert breakpoints. */
3149 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3150 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3153 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3154 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3159 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3160 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3161 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3163 int some_failed
= 0;
3164 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3166 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3169 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3172 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3175 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3176 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3183 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3185 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3187 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3188 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3189 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3197 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3198 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3199 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3201 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3202 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3203 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3205 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3206 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3209 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3212 /* Used when the program stops.
3213 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3214 removing a breakpoint location. */
3217 remove_breakpoints (void)
3219 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3222 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3224 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3225 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3230 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3234 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3236 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3238 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3240 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3242 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3244 printf_filtered (_("\
3245 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3246 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3248 /* Hide it from the user. */
3254 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3257 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3259 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3261 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3263 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3265 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3268 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3270 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3279 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3281 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3282 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3284 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3285 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3286 struct inferior
*inf
;
3287 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3289 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3293 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3294 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3296 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3298 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3299 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3301 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3303 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3309 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3312 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3317 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3321 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3323 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3324 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3325 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3326 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3327 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3328 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3330 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3333 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3336 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3337 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3341 static struct breakpoint
*
3342 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3343 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3344 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3346 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3347 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3349 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3352 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3353 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3355 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3356 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3357 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3362 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3364 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3366 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3368 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3369 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3371 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3372 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3374 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3375 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3377 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3378 int longjmp_searched
;
3380 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3381 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3383 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3384 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3386 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3387 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3389 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3390 int exception_searched
;
3392 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3393 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3396 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3398 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3399 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3401 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3404 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3406 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3409 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3410 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3412 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3413 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3415 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3417 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3418 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3419 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3422 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3424 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3425 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3427 return bp_objfile_data
;
3431 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3433 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3434 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3436 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3437 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3441 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3443 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3444 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3446 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3448 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3449 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3451 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3453 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3455 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3458 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3460 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3462 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3463 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3465 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3466 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3469 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3472 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3473 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3475 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3476 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3477 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3478 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3480 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3482 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3483 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3487 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3488 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3491 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3495 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3497 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3498 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3500 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3502 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3504 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3506 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3508 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3511 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3512 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3514 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3516 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3518 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3522 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3525 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3526 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3528 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3530 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3531 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3532 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3536 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3537 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3540 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3543 struct probe
*probe
;
3544 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3547 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3548 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3552 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3554 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3555 get_probe_address (probe
,
3558 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3560 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3561 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3567 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3570 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3572 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3573 const char *func_name
;
3575 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3577 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3580 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3581 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3583 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3585 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3586 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3588 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3589 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3592 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3595 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3596 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3597 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3598 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3599 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3600 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3601 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3605 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3607 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3610 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3612 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3614 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3615 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3616 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3618 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3620 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3622 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3625 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3627 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3629 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3630 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3631 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3633 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3635 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3638 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3640 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3642 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3643 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3644 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3646 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3647 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3650 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3653 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3654 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3655 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3656 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3657 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3658 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3659 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3660 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3664 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3666 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3669 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3672 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3674 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3675 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3677 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3679 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3680 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3681 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3683 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3685 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3687 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3688 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3692 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3696 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3697 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3699 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3701 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3702 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3703 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3707 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3708 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3711 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3713 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3715 struct probe
*probe
;
3718 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3719 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3723 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3725 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3726 get_probe_address (probe
,
3728 bp_exception_master
,
3729 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3731 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3732 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3738 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3740 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3743 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3745 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3747 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3749 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3750 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3752 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3756 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3759 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3760 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3762 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3763 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3764 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3765 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3766 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3767 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3770 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3774 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3776 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3777 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3779 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3780 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3781 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3782 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3783 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3784 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3785 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3786 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3787 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3788 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3789 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3791 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3793 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3796 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3797 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3799 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3803 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3804 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3806 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3810 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3811 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3812 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3813 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3814 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3816 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3820 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3821 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3823 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3827 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3828 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3830 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3834 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3836 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3837 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3838 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3840 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3844 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3846 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3847 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3848 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3849 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3853 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3854 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3855 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3856 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3857 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3858 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3860 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3861 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3862 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3863 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3864 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3865 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3866 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3868 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3869 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3870 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3871 let finish_command delete it.
3873 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3874 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3875 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3876 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3877 solib breakpoints.) */
3879 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3884 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3885 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3887 if (event_location_empty_p (b
->location
))
3889 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3896 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3898 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3900 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3901 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3903 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3904 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3906 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3907 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3908 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3910 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3913 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3914 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3915 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3916 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3917 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3918 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3919 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3923 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3926 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3930 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3931 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3932 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3933 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3934 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3937 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3941 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3942 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3944 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3945 This should not ever happen. */
3946 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3948 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3949 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3951 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3952 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3953 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3955 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3956 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3957 || bl
->section
== NULL
3958 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3960 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3962 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3963 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3964 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3965 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3966 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3967 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3968 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3969 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3970 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3971 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3972 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3973 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3974 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3975 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3976 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3977 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3978 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3979 they should always be removed. */
3980 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3981 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3982 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3985 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3989 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3990 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3991 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3993 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3994 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3996 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3997 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3998 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3999 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4000 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4002 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4003 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4005 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4006 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4009 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4010 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4011 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4012 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4014 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4015 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4016 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4017 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4018 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4019 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4025 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4030 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4031 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4032 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4033 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4034 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4035 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4036 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4037 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4038 always-inserted mode. */
4040 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4041 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4042 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4043 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4049 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4051 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4053 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4054 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4056 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4057 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4059 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4060 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4061 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4064 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4065 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4068 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4069 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4071 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4075 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4082 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4085 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4087 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4088 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4090 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4091 This should not ever happen. */
4092 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4094 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4096 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4098 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4100 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4104 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4107 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4109 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4111 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4112 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4116 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4117 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4119 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4122 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4123 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4124 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4129 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4131 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4132 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4134 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4136 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4138 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4141 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4143 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4145 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4151 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4153 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4154 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4157 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4159 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4161 case bp_shlib_event
:
4163 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4164 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4165 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4166 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4167 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4169 (gdb) file prog-linux
4170 (gdb) run # native linux target
4173 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4174 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4177 case bp_step_resume
:
4179 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4181 case bp_single_step
:
4183 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4185 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4189 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4190 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4191 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4193 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4195 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4196 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4197 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4198 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4200 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4201 insert_breakpoints. */
4203 value_free (w
->val
);
4214 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4215 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4216 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4217 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4220 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4221 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4222 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4223 match, not program space. */
4225 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4226 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4227 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4228 permanent breakpoint.
4229 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4230 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4231 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4232 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4233 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4235 enum breakpoint_here
4236 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4238 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4239 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4241 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4243 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4244 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4247 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4248 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4250 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4252 if (overlay_debugging
4253 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4254 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4255 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4256 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4257 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4259 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4263 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4266 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4269 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4270 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4272 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4274 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4276 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4277 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4280 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4282 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4285 if (overlay_debugging
4286 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4287 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4289 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4300 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4303 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4305 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4308 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4309 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4315 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4319 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4320 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4323 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4326 if (overlay_debugging
4327 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4328 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4329 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4336 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4339 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4341 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4342 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4344 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4346 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4348 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4349 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4352 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4358 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4362 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4365 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4366 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4368 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4370 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4372 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4375 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4382 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4385 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4388 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4389 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4391 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4393 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4395 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4398 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4406 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4407 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4409 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4411 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4413 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4415 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4416 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4419 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4422 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4423 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4427 /* Check for intersection. */
4428 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4429 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4438 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4442 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4444 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4447 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4451 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4453 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4454 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4455 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4456 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4460 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4461 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4464 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4481 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4482 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4485 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4489 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4494 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4496 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4497 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4498 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4499 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4500 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4502 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4503 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4507 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4517 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4520 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4525 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4527 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4533 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4536 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4538 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4540 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4542 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4544 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4549 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4558 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4559 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4560 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4561 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4563 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4564 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4566 Return 1 otherwise. */
4569 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4571 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4574 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4576 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4577 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4578 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4579 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4580 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4582 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4584 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4588 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4591 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4593 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4596 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4599 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4603 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4605 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4607 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4609 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4615 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4618 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4620 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4622 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4624 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4625 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4626 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4627 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4628 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4632 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4635 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4638 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4640 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4643 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4644 or its equivalent. */
4647 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4649 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4652 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4653 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4654 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4655 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4657 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4658 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4659 bpstat of the current thread. */
4662 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4665 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4668 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4670 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4673 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4674 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4676 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4678 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4681 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4682 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4684 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4685 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4686 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4688 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4690 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4691 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4692 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4693 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4694 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4695 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4696 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4697 the tree when we're done. */
4698 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4699 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4700 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4701 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4702 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4704 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4710 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4712 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4718 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4719 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4721 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4723 if (interpreter_async
)
4724 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4725 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4726 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4729 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4730 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4731 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4732 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4733 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4734 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4735 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4736 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4737 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4738 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4739 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4740 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4741 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4746 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4751 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4753 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4755 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4756 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4757 && target_has_execution
4758 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4759 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4760 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4761 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4762 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4763 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4764 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4767 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4770 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4773 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4776 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4779 struct value_print_options opts
;
4780 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4781 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4785 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4786 debugging multiple threads. */
4789 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4791 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4794 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4796 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4799 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4801 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Thread ");
4802 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4804 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4807 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \"");
4808 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "name", "%s", name
);
4809 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\"");
4812 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hit ");
4816 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4817 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4818 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4819 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4822 static enum print_stop_action
4823 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4825 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4828 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4829 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4833 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4834 relevant messages. */
4835 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4838 case print_it_normal
:
4840 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4842 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4843 which has since been deleted. */
4845 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4847 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4848 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4853 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4854 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4859 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4862 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4865 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4867 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4871 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4872 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4873 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4875 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4876 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4877 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4880 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4881 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4882 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4886 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4890 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4891 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4894 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4899 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4900 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4901 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4904 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4909 struct so_list
*iter
;
4911 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4913 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4914 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4917 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4922 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4923 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4924 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4927 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4931 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4932 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4933 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4934 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4935 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4936 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4937 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4940 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4941 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4942 code to print the location. An example is
4943 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4945 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4946 to also print the location part of the message.
4947 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4948 don't require a location appended to the end.
4949 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4950 further info to be printed. */
4952 enum print_stop_action
4953 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4955 enum print_stop_action val
;
4957 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4958 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4959 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4960 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4961 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4963 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4964 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4965 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4966 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4970 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4971 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4972 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4973 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4975 print_solib_event (0);
4976 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4979 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4980 with and nothing was printed. */
4981 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4984 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4985 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4986 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4987 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4988 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4989 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4992 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4994 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4995 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4997 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5001 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
5004 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
5008 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
5010 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
5011 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
5012 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
5013 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
5014 incref_bp_location (bl
);
5015 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5016 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
5018 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
5022 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5023 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5026 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5028 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5030 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5032 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5034 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5035 as not triggered. */
5037 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5039 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5041 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5047 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5049 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5050 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5052 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5054 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5056 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5062 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5063 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5067 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5069 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5070 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5072 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5073 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5075 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5077 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5078 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5080 if (newaddr
== start
)
5082 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5086 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5087 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5091 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5100 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5101 because of check_errors). */
5102 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5103 #define WP_DELETED 1
5104 /* The value has changed. */
5105 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5106 /* The value has not changed. */
5107 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5108 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5111 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5112 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5114 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5117 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5118 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5121 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5123 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5124 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5125 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5126 int within_current_scope
;
5128 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5129 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5130 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5132 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5133 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5134 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5135 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5138 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5139 within_current_scope
= 1;
5142 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5143 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5144 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5146 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5147 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5148 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5149 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5150 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5151 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5152 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5153 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5154 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5155 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5158 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5159 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5161 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5162 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5163 if (within_current_scope
)
5165 struct symbol
*function
;
5167 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5168 if (function
== NULL
5169 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5170 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5171 within_current_scope
= 0;
5174 if (within_current_scope
)
5175 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5176 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5181 if (within_current_scope
)
5183 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5184 time before we return to the command level and call
5185 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5186 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5190 struct value
*new_val
;
5192 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5193 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5194 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5195 a mask watchpoint. */
5196 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5198 mark
= value_mark ();
5199 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5201 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5202 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5204 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5205 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5206 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5207 not what we want. */
5208 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5209 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5211 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5213 release_value (new_val
);
5214 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5216 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5219 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5223 /* Nothing changed. */
5224 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5225 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5230 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5232 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5233 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5234 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5235 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5236 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5237 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5238 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5239 the first value assigned). */
5240 /* We print all the stop information in
5241 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5242 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5243 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5245 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5247 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5248 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5249 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5251 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5252 which its expression is valid.\n");
5254 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5255 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5256 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5262 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5263 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5264 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5267 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5268 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5269 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5271 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5273 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5274 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5276 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5279 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5280 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5283 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5285 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5286 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5288 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5289 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5290 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5291 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5292 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5295 int must_check_value
= 0;
5297 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5298 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5300 must_check_value
= 1;
5301 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5302 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5303 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5305 must_check_value
= 1;
5306 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5307 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5308 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5309 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5310 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5311 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5312 must_check_value
= 1;
5314 if (must_check_value
)
5317 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5319 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5320 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5322 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5326 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5327 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5331 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5334 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5335 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5337 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5339 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5340 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5341 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5342 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5343 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5344 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5345 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5348 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5349 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5352 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5353 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5354 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5355 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5357 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5358 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5359 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5362 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5363 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5364 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5365 changes. This still gives false positives when
5366 the program writes the same value to memory as
5367 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5368 it for a read), but it's much better than
5371 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5373 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5375 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5377 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5378 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5379 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5381 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5382 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5384 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5385 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5387 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5393 if (other_write_watchpoint
5394 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5396 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5397 and the value changed since the last time we
5398 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5400 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5405 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5406 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5407 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5409 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5410 the value hasn't changed. */
5411 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5419 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5420 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5421 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5422 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5423 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5427 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5429 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5430 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5431 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5432 anything for this watchpoint. */
5433 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5439 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5440 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5441 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5442 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5445 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5447 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5448 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5449 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5450 struct expression
*cond
;
5452 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5454 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5455 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5456 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5457 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5458 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5460 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5461 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5462 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5464 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5465 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5471 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5472 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5474 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5475 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5482 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5484 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5486 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5488 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5495 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5497 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5498 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5500 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5501 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5502 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5503 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5505 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5507 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5508 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5512 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5513 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5514 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5515 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5516 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5518 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5519 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5522 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5524 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5525 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5526 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5527 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5528 really matter which instantiation of the function
5529 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5530 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5531 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5532 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5533 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5534 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5535 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5536 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5538 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5540 select_frame (frame
);
5542 within_current_scope
= 0;
5544 if (within_current_scope
)
5546 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5547 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5551 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5552 "in the current scope"));
5553 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5554 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5557 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5558 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5561 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5565 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5569 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5571 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5575 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5576 on the current target. */
5579 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5581 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5582 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5583 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5584 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5588 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5589 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5591 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5592 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5595 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5597 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5599 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5600 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5601 several reasons concurrently.)
5603 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5604 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5607 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5608 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5609 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5611 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5612 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5613 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5614 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5615 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5616 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5619 int need_remove_insert
;
5622 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5623 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5624 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5625 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5626 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5627 inferior function calls. */
5631 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5634 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5636 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5637 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5638 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5639 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5640 checked all locations already. */
5641 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5644 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5647 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5650 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5653 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5656 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5657 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5658 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5662 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5663 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5664 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5666 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5668 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5670 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5675 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5676 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5677 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5679 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5681 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5682 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5684 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5685 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5688 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5693 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5694 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5695 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5697 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5699 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5701 handle_solib_event ();
5706 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5707 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5708 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5712 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5717 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5718 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5721 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5726 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5728 /* We will stop here. */
5729 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5731 --(b
->enable_count
);
5732 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5733 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5738 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5739 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5740 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5741 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5744 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5749 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5751 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5752 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5755 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5756 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5757 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5759 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5760 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5761 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5763 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5764 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5766 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5768 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5769 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5772 if (need_remove_insert
)
5773 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5774 else if (removed_any
)
5775 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5781 handle_jit_event (void)
5783 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5784 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5787 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5789 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5790 breakpoint_re_set. */
5791 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5793 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5794 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5796 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5798 target_terminal_inferior ();
5801 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5803 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5806 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5808 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5812 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5813 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5814 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5816 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5818 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5819 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5820 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5823 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5825 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5826 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5830 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5837 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5838 case bp_single_step
:
5841 case bp_shlib_event
:
5845 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5847 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5850 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5853 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5854 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5855 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5859 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5861 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5865 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5866 This requires no further action. */
5870 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5874 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5875 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5878 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5880 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5881 case bp_exception_resume
:
5884 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5885 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5888 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5890 case bp_step_resume
:
5892 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5895 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5896 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5899 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5901 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5904 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5905 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5908 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5909 case bp_thread_event
:
5910 case bp_overlay_event
:
5911 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5912 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5913 case bp_exception_master
:
5914 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5920 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5922 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5926 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5927 This requires no further action. */
5932 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5935 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5936 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5937 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5938 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5940 case bp_std_terminate
:
5941 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5942 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5943 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5944 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5947 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5948 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5949 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5950 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5952 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5953 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5955 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5956 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5957 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5959 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5960 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5961 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5962 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5967 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5969 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5973 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5974 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5977 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5984 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5988 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5990 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5997 handle_jit_event ();
5999 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6000 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
6002 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6003 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
6009 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6010 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6011 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6014 bpstat_should_step (void)
6016 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6019 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6025 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6027 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6036 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6037 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6038 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6041 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6043 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6044 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6048 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6050 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6052 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6053 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6054 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6059 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6065 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6066 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6068 "host": Host evals condition.
6069 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6070 "target": Target evals condition.
6074 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6076 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6077 char host_evals
= 0;
6078 char target_evals
= 0;
6083 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6086 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6087 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6088 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6090 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6092 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6098 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6099 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6100 else if (target_evals
)
6101 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6103 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6106 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6107 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6110 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6112 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6115 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6116 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6117 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6119 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6120 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6122 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6125 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6128 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6129 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6131 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6132 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6134 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6138 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6140 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6141 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what",
6142 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6143 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6146 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6149 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6150 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6151 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6152 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6153 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6154 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6156 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6157 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6158 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6160 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6161 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6162 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6164 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6168 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6169 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6171 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6173 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6175 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6179 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending",
6180 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6181 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6182 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6183 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6184 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6186 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6187 ui_out_text (uiout
, ",");
6189 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6190 ui_out_text (uiout
, b
->extra_string
);
6194 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6195 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6196 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6198 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6199 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6200 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6201 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6204 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6208 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6210 struct ep_type_description
6215 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6217 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6218 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6219 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6220 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6221 {bp_until
, "until"},
6222 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6223 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6224 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6225 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6226 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6227 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6228 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6229 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6230 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6231 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6232 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6233 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6234 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6235 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6236 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6237 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6238 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6239 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6240 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6241 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6242 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6243 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6244 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6245 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6246 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6247 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6248 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6249 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6250 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6253 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6254 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6255 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6256 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6259 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6262 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6263 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6266 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6267 const char *field_name
,
6271 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6272 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6276 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6277 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6278 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6281 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6283 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6289 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6290 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6295 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6297 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6299 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6303 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6306 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6309 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6310 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6312 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6315 struct command_line
*l
;
6316 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6318 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6319 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6320 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6321 struct value_print_options opts
;
6323 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6325 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6326 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6327 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6330 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6331 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6339 if (part_of_multiple
)
6342 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6343 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6348 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6353 if (part_of_multiple
)
6354 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6356 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6360 if (part_of_multiple
)
6361 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6363 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6368 if (part_of_multiple
)
6369 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6371 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6372 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6373 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6377 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6379 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6380 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6381 make sure there's just one location. */
6382 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6383 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6389 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6390 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6394 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6395 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6396 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6398 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6400 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6401 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6402 is relatively readable). */
6403 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6404 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6406 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6411 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6412 case bp_single_step
:
6416 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6417 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6419 case bp_exception_resume
:
6420 case bp_step_resume
:
6421 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6422 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6424 case bp_std_terminate
:
6425 case bp_shlib_event
:
6426 case bp_thread_event
:
6427 case bp_overlay_event
:
6428 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6429 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6430 case bp_exception_master
:
6432 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6433 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6436 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6437 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6438 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6441 if (header_of_multiple
)
6442 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6443 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6444 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6446 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6447 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6450 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6451 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6458 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6460 struct inferior
*inf
;
6461 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6466 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6467 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6470 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6471 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6473 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6474 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6475 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6476 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6477 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6478 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6480 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6481 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6484 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6486 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6488 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6489 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6490 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6491 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6493 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6495 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6496 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6500 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6502 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6503 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6505 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6508 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6509 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6511 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6512 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6513 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6516 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6519 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6520 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6522 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6523 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6525 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6526 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6527 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6528 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6529 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6531 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6532 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6533 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6534 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6536 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6539 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6541 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6542 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6543 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6544 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6547 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6549 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6551 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6554 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6558 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6559 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6560 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6561 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6562 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6564 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6565 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6566 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6567 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6568 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6570 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6574 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6575 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6576 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6580 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6583 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6584 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6585 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6588 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6589 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6590 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6591 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6594 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6595 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6596 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6597 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6598 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6600 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6601 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6602 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6605 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6607 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6609 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6611 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6612 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6613 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6617 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6618 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6620 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6623 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6624 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6625 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6628 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6630 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6632 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6634 annotate_field (10);
6635 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6636 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6637 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6640 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6642 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6644 annotate_field (11);
6646 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6647 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6648 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6652 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6654 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6655 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6660 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6662 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6664 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6666 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6668 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6669 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
) != NULL
)
6670 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location",
6671 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6676 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6677 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6680 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6681 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6683 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6685 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6686 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6688 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6689 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6690 locations, if any. */
6691 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6693 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6694 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6695 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6698 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6699 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6701 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6702 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6704 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6707 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6709 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6710 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6711 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6712 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6719 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6721 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6722 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6724 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6725 address to print. */
6726 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6729 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6733 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6734 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6735 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6738 return print_address_bits
;
6741 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6747 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6749 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6750 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6751 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6752 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6756 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6758 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6766 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6767 char **error_message
)
6769 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6772 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6774 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6775 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6781 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6782 internal or momentary. */
6785 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6787 return b
->number
> 0;
6790 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6791 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6792 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6793 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6794 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6795 breakpoints listed. */
6798 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6799 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6801 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6802 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6803 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6804 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6805 struct value_print_options opts
;
6806 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6807 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6808 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6810 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6812 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6813 required for address fields. */
6814 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6817 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6818 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6821 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6822 accept. Skip the others. */
6823 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6825 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6827 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6831 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6833 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6835 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6836 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6837 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6839 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6840 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6841 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6843 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6847 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6849 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6850 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6854 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6855 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6858 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6859 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6860 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6862 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6863 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6865 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6866 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6867 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6869 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6870 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6872 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6873 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6875 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6877 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6878 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6879 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6881 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6882 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6884 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6886 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6887 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6888 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6889 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6894 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6895 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6898 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6899 accept. Skip the others. */
6901 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6903 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6905 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6908 else /* all others */
6910 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6914 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6916 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6917 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6920 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6922 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6924 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6928 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6929 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6931 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6932 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6938 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6939 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6942 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6943 there have been breakpoints? */
6944 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6946 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6949 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6950 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6953 default_collect_info (void)
6955 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6957 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6958 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6960 if (!*default_collect
)
6963 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6965 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6966 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6967 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6971 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6973 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6975 default_collect_info ();
6979 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6981 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6982 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6984 if (num_printed
== 0)
6986 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6987 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6989 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6994 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6996 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6998 default_collect_info ();
7002 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7003 struct program_space
*pspace
,
7004 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
7006 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
7008 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7010 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
7011 && bl
->address
== pc
7012 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
7018 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7019 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7023 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7024 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7025 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7028 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7031 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7032 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7036 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7037 else /* if (others == ???) */
7038 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7040 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7043 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7044 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7045 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7046 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7047 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7048 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7049 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7050 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7054 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7056 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7057 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7058 printf_filtered (".\n");
7063 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7064 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7065 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7066 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7068 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7069 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7070 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7071 breakpoint location at address zero:
7079 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7081 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7083 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7086 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7087 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7090 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7091 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7093 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7094 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7096 /* Both of them must exist. */
7097 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7098 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7100 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7101 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7102 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7103 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7104 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7105 other watchpoint. */
7107 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7109 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7112 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7114 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7118 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7119 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7120 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7121 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7122 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7123 become hw_access locations later. */
7124 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7125 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7126 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7127 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7130 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7133 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7134 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7136 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7137 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7141 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7142 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7143 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7144 space doesn't really matter. */
7147 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7148 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7151 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7152 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7153 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7156 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7157 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7158 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7159 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7162 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7163 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7166 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7169 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7170 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7174 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7175 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7176 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7177 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7178 doesn't really matter. */
7181 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7182 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7183 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7185 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7186 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7188 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7190 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7196 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7197 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7198 true, otherwise returns false. */
7201 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7202 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7204 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7205 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7206 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7207 different locations. */
7208 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7213 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7214 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7215 represent the same location. */
7218 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7219 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7221 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7223 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7224 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7225 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7227 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7228 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7230 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7233 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7234 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7235 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7237 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7238 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7239 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7240 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7244 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7245 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7247 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7248 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7252 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7253 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7255 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7256 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7258 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7261 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7262 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7263 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7264 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7267 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7268 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7270 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7272 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7275 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7276 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7277 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7278 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7279 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7281 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7282 have their addresses modified. */
7285 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7287 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7288 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7289 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7290 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7291 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7292 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7297 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7299 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7300 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7301 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7303 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7304 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7306 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7307 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7309 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7314 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7315 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7317 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7319 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7324 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7325 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7328 switch (owner
->type
)
7331 case bp_single_step
:
7335 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7336 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7338 case bp_exception_resume
:
7339 case bp_step_resume
:
7340 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7341 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7343 case bp_std_terminate
:
7344 case bp_shlib_event
:
7345 case bp_thread_event
:
7346 case bp_overlay_event
:
7348 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7349 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7350 case bp_exception_master
:
7351 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7352 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7354 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7355 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7357 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7358 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7359 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7361 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7362 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7363 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7364 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7369 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7370 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7371 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7374 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7380 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7382 static struct bp_location
*
7383 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7385 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7389 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7391 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7395 /* Increment reference count. */
7398 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7403 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7404 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7407 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7409 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7411 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7412 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7416 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7419 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7421 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7423 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7424 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7426 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7428 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7437 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7440 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7441 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7443 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7445 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7447 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7451 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7452 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7453 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7455 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7458 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7460 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7461 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7462 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7463 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7467 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7468 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7470 static struct breakpoint
*
7471 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7473 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7475 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7477 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7478 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7482 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7483 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7487 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7489 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7491 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7492 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7493 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7496 const char *function_name
;
7497 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7499 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7500 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7502 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7504 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7506 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7507 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7508 &loc
->requested_address
))
7510 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7511 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7512 loc
->requested_address
,
7515 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7516 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7518 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7519 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7520 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7521 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7523 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7528 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7532 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7534 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7537 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7539 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7544 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7545 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7546 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7548 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7549 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7550 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7553 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7554 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7555 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7557 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7559 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7561 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7562 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7564 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7565 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7567 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7568 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7571 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7572 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7573 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7574 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7575 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7576 is also returned as the value of this function.
7578 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7579 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7580 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7581 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7582 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7583 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7584 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7587 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7588 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7589 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7591 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7593 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7594 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7598 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7599 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7600 initiated the operation. */
7603 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7605 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7606 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7608 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7609 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7610 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7611 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7612 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7613 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7614 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7615 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7617 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7618 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7620 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7621 after their removal. */
7622 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7623 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7624 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7627 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7630 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7632 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7634 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7637 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7639 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7640 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7645 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7647 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7649 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7650 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7652 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7653 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7657 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7658 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7659 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7663 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7665 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7668 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7670 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7672 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7673 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7675 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7677 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7679 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7682 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7683 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7684 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7685 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7691 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7692 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7695 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7696 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7700 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7702 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7704 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7705 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7707 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7709 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7710 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7711 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7712 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7715 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7717 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7719 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7720 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7721 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7723 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7728 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7730 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7733 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7735 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7736 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7737 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7742 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7744 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7747 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7749 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7750 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7751 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7755 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7756 master breakpoint. */
7758 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7760 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7762 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7763 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7764 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7766 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7767 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7771 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7773 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7775 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7777 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7778 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7779 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7783 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7785 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7787 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7788 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7790 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7791 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7792 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7794 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7799 struct lang_and_radix
7805 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7808 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7810 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7812 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7813 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7814 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7818 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7821 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7823 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7825 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7826 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7827 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7828 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7832 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7834 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7836 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7837 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7838 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7839 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7842 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7845 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7847 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7849 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7850 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7851 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7852 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7855 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7856 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7857 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7859 static struct breakpoint
*
7860 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7861 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7863 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7865 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7866 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7867 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7872 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7874 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7877 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7880 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7882 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7884 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7886 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7887 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7889 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7895 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7896 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7899 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7901 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7903 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7905 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7906 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7908 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7909 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7910 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7911 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7912 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7913 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7914 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7915 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7916 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7917 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7918 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7919 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7922 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7927 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7928 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7929 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7932 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7934 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7935 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7937 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7938 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7939 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7940 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7941 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7942 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7945 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7947 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7948 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7950 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7951 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7952 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7953 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7954 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7955 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7956 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7957 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7958 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7960 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7961 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7962 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7963 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7966 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7967 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7969 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7971 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7972 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7973 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7976 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7981 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7982 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7983 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7986 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7988 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7990 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7993 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7994 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7995 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7996 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7997 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7998 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7999 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
8000 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
8001 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
8002 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
8004 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
8005 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
8010 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8011 int bp_modified
= 0;
8013 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
8016 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8018 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
8020 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8021 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8024 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
8027 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
8030 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8031 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8034 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
8036 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
8037 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8038 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8039 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8040 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8043 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8050 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8054 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8056 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8057 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8058 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8059 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8060 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8062 struct fork_catchpoint
8064 /* The base class. */
8065 struct breakpoint base
;
8067 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8068 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8069 catchpoint has triggered. */
8070 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8073 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8077 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8079 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8082 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8086 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8088 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8091 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8095 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8096 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8097 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8099 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8101 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8104 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8108 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8111 static enum print_stop_action
8112 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8114 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8115 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8116 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8118 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8119 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8120 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8121 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8123 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Catchpoint ");
8124 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8126 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8127 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8128 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8130 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8131 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
8132 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8133 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8134 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8137 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8141 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8143 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8144 struct value_print_options opts
;
8145 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8147 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8149 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8150 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8152 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8153 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8155 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
8156 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8158 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8159 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8160 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8161 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8164 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8165 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8168 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8172 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8174 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8177 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8181 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8183 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8184 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8187 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8189 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8191 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8195 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8197 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8200 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8204 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8206 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8209 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8213 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8214 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8215 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8217 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8219 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8222 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8226 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8229 static enum print_stop_action
8230 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8232 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8233 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8234 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8236 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8237 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8238 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8239 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8241 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Catchpoint ");
8242 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8244 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8245 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8246 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8248 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8249 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8250 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8251 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8252 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8255 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8259 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8261 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8262 struct value_print_options opts
;
8263 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8265 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8266 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8267 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8269 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8270 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8272 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8273 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8275 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8276 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8277 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8278 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8281 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8282 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8285 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8289 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8291 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8294 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8298 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8300 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8301 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8306 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8308 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8309 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8310 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8311 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8312 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8314 struct solib_catchpoint
8316 /* The base class. */
8317 struct breakpoint base
;
8319 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8320 unsigned char is_load
;
8322 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8323 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8329 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8331 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8334 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8335 xfree (self
->regex
);
8337 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8341 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8347 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8353 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8354 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8356 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8358 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8359 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8361 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8364 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8366 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8368 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8371 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8374 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8377 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8379 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8388 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8390 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8391 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8396 struct so_list
*iter
;
8399 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8404 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8413 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8418 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8424 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8427 static enum print_stop_action
8428 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8430 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8431 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8433 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8434 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8435 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8436 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8438 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Catchpoint ");
8439 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8440 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8441 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8442 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8443 print_solib_event (1);
8444 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8448 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8450 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8451 struct value_print_options opts
;
8452 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8455 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8456 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8457 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8459 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8462 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8469 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8471 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8476 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8478 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8480 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8483 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8484 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8485 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8489 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8491 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8493 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8494 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8498 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8500 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8502 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8503 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8504 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8507 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8510 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8512 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8513 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8514 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8515 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8516 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8517 created in an enabled state. */
8520 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8522 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8523 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8524 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8528 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8530 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8531 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8537 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8540 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8542 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8543 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8545 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8548 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8549 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8550 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8552 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8554 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8555 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8558 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8562 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8563 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8566 const int enabled
= 1;
8568 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8570 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8574 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8575 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8577 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8581 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8582 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8584 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8587 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8588 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8589 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8590 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8593 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8594 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8596 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8598 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8601 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8603 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8605 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8606 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8610 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8612 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8613 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8614 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8615 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8618 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8621 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8625 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8626 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8627 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8629 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8631 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8633 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8635 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8638 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8640 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8641 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8642 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8643 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8644 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8646 struct exec_catchpoint
8648 /* The base class. */
8649 struct breakpoint base
;
8651 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8652 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8654 char *exec_pathname
;
8657 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8661 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8663 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8665 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8667 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8671 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8673 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8677 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8679 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8683 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8684 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8685 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8687 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8689 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8692 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8696 static enum print_stop_action
8697 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8699 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8700 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8701 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8703 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8704 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8705 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8706 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8708 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Catchpoint ");
8709 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8711 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8712 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8713 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8715 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8716 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8717 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8718 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8720 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8724 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8726 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8727 struct value_print_options opts
;
8728 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8730 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8732 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8733 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8734 is relatively readable). */
8735 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8736 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8738 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8739 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8741 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8742 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8743 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8746 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8747 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8751 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8753 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8756 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8760 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8762 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8763 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8766 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8769 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8772 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8773 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8777 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8778 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8780 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8782 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8789 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8793 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8796 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8798 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8801 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8803 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8805 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8811 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8812 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8813 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8814 types _not_ TYPE. */
8817 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8818 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8821 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8823 *other_type_used
= 0;
8828 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8831 if (b
->type
== type
)
8832 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8833 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8834 *other_type_used
= 1;
8841 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8843 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8847 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8849 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8850 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8856 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8858 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8862 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8864 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8865 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8871 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8873 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8874 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8878 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8880 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8881 breakpoint_re_set ();
8884 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8887 static struct breakpoint
*
8888 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8890 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
8892 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8893 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8895 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8896 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8899 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8901 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8906 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8907 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8911 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8912 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8914 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8916 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8918 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8920 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8921 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8922 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8923 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8925 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8926 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8928 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8929 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8931 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8936 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8937 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8938 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8940 static struct breakpoint
*
8941 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8943 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8946 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8948 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8949 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8950 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8952 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8953 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8954 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8955 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8956 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8957 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8958 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8959 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8960 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8961 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8962 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8963 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8965 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8966 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8967 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8969 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8973 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8977 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8979 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8983 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8987 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8990 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8992 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8994 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8995 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8997 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
9001 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9004 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9006 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
9007 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
9009 printf_filtered ("\n");
9013 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
9015 static struct bp_location
*
9016 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9017 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9019 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9020 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9021 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9023 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9024 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9026 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9027 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9028 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9029 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9030 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9031 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9032 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9035 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9036 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9037 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9038 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9043 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9044 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9045 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9046 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9047 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9048 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9049 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9050 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9051 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9052 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9054 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9055 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9057 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
9058 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
9059 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9060 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9061 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9062 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9063 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9064 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9065 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9066 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9067 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9068 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9070 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9077 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9080 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
9084 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9085 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9086 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9090 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9092 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9096 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9098 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9099 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9100 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9101 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9103 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9104 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9107 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9112 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9113 return 0 otherwise. */
9116 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9118 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9121 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9123 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9124 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9125 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9127 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9130 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9131 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9133 retval
= program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9135 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9140 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9141 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9144 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9146 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9147 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9152 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9154 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9156 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9158 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9160 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9161 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9163 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9164 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9165 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9167 if (!dprintf_function
)
9168 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9170 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9171 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9176 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9180 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9182 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9183 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9186 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9187 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9191 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9192 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9194 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9195 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9197 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9199 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9200 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9201 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9202 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9203 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9205 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9209 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9210 current style settings. */
9213 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9214 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9216 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9220 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9221 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9225 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9226 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9227 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9228 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9231 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9232 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9233 struct event_location
*location
,
9234 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9236 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9237 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9238 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9239 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9240 int display_canonical
)
9244 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9246 int target_resources_ok
;
9248 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9249 target_resources_ok
=
9250 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9252 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9253 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9254 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9255 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9258 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9260 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9262 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9263 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9267 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9269 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9271 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9272 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9277 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9281 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9282 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9283 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9284 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9285 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9287 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9288 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9290 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9292 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9293 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9295 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9297 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9298 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9299 const char *p
= &event_location_to_string (b
->location
)[3];
9303 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9305 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9307 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9308 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9310 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9312 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9314 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9316 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9317 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9319 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9321 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9324 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9325 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9332 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9333 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9339 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9341 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9342 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9344 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9347 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9348 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9349 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9351 if (b
->extra_string
)
9352 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9354 error (_("Format string required"));
9356 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9357 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9360 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9361 if (location
!= NULL
)
9362 b
->location
= location
;
9365 const char *addr_string
= NULL
;
9366 int addr_string_len
= 0;
9368 if (location
!= NULL
)
9369 addr_string
= event_location_to_string (location
);
9370 if (addr_string
!= NULL
)
9371 addr_string_len
= strlen (addr_string
);
9373 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
,
9374 addr_string
, addr_string_len
);
9380 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9381 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9382 struct event_location
*location
,
9383 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9385 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9386 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9387 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9388 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9389 int display_canonical
)
9391 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9392 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9394 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9396 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9398 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9402 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9404 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9406 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9408 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9410 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9412 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9414 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9416 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9419 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9420 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9421 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9422 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9423 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9424 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9425 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9426 we take just a single condition string.
9428 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9429 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9430 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9431 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9432 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9435 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9436 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9437 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9438 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9439 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9440 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9441 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9444 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9446 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9447 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9449 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9451 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9452 'break', without arguments. */
9453 struct event_location
*location
9454 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9455 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
) : NULL
);
9456 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9457 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9459 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9460 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9463 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9465 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9466 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9467 canonical
->special_display
);
9468 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9472 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9473 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9474 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9475 linespec locations).
9477 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9478 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9481 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9482 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9484 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9486 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9488 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9490 if (address
== NULL
)
9492 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9493 breakpoint address. */
9494 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9496 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9497 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9500 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9501 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9503 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9504 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9505 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9506 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9507 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9508 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9510 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9512 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9513 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9514 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9515 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9516 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9518 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9520 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9521 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9522 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9524 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9528 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9532 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9533 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9534 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9535 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9537 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9538 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9539 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9540 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9542 const char *address
= NULL
;
9544 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9545 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9549 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9550 && address
[1] != '['))
9552 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9553 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9554 get_last_displayed_line (),
9555 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9560 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9561 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9565 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9566 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9569 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9573 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9574 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9577 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9578 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9579 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9580 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9581 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9585 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9586 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9589 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9591 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9593 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9595 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9597 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9599 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9600 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9601 associated with SAL. */
9604 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9605 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9608 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9609 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9611 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9615 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9616 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9617 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9618 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9619 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9620 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9623 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9624 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9627 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9634 const char *end_tok
;
9636 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9637 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9639 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9641 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9643 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9647 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9649 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9651 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9653 struct expression
*expr
;
9655 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9656 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9659 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9661 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9664 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9667 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9669 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9670 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9673 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9678 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9680 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9681 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9682 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9687 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9691 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9695 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9697 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9698 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9700 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9701 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9702 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9703 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9708 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9710 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9712 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9713 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9715 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9716 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9717 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9719 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9720 sals
.sals
= XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line
, sals
.nelts
);
9722 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9724 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9726 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9728 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9730 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9731 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9733 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9736 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9742 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9745 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9746 const struct event_location
*location
, char *cond_string
,
9747 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9749 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9751 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9752 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9753 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9756 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9757 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9758 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9761 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9763 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9765 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9766 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9767 extra_string
= NULL
;
9769 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9773 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9775 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9777 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9779 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9781 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9784 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9785 throw_exception (e
);
9787 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9789 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9790 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9791 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9792 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9793 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9796 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9797 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9798 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9799 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9803 throw_exception (e
);
9807 if (!pending
&& VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9810 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9811 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9813 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9814 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9815 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9816 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9817 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9819 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9820 are ok for the target. */
9824 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9826 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9827 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9830 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9831 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9834 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9836 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9837 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9840 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9841 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9848 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9850 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9852 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9853 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9854 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9855 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9857 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9858 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9860 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9862 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9864 extra_string
= rest
;
9866 extra_string
= NULL
;
9870 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9871 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9872 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9874 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9877 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9878 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9880 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9883 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9884 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9888 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9889 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9890 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9891 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9892 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9896 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9898 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9900 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9902 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9906 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9908 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9909 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9912 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9915 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9918 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9919 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9921 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9925 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9926 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9928 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9929 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9931 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9932 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9933 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9934 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9935 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9936 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9937 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9938 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9940 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9943 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9945 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9946 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9947 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9950 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9952 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9953 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9954 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9956 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9957 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9962 /* Set a breakpoint.
9963 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9964 condition, and thread.
9965 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9966 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9970 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9972 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9973 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9974 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9976 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9977 struct event_location
*location
;
9978 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9980 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9981 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9983 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9984 if (location
!= NULL
9985 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9986 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9988 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9990 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9992 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9993 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9994 0 /* Ignore count */,
9995 pending_break_support
,
10001 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10004 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10007 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
10011 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10013 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
10014 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10015 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
10018 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10019 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10020 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
10021 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
10024 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10026 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
10027 const struct block
*b
;
10028 struct symbol
*sym
;
10030 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
10031 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
10034 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10037 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
10038 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
10043 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10044 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10045 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10046 happen in assembly source). */
10048 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10049 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10051 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10053 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10055 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10057 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10064 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10066 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10070 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10072 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10076 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10078 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10082 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10084 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10088 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10090 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10091 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10092 stop at <line>\n"));
10096 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10100 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10102 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10104 char *argptr
= arg
;
10107 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10108 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10109 function/method name. */
10110 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10112 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10117 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10119 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10123 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10125 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10129 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10133 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10137 char *argptr
= arg
;
10140 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10141 it is probably a line number. */
10142 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10144 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10149 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10151 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10155 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10157 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10160 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10161 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10162 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10166 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10168 struct event_location
*location
;
10169 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
10171 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10172 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
10174 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10175 the next character must be ','. */
10178 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10179 error (_("Format string required"));
10182 /* Skip the comma. */
10187 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10189 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10191 0 /* Ignore count */,
10192 pending_break_support
,
10193 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10198 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10202 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10204 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10207 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10208 ranged breakpoints. */
10211 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10212 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10214 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10216 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10217 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10220 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10221 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10224 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10225 ranged breakpoints. */
10228 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10230 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10233 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10234 ranged breakpoints. */
10236 static enum print_stop_action
10237 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10239 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10240 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10241 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10243 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10245 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10246 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10248 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10250 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10252 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10253 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10255 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Ranged breakpoint ");
10256 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10258 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10259 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10260 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10262 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10263 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10265 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10268 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10269 ranged breakpoints. */
10272 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10273 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10275 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10276 struct value_print_options opts
;
10277 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10279 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10280 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10282 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10284 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10285 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10286 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10287 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10288 annotate_field (5);
10289 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10293 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10294 ranged breakpoints. */
10297 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10298 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10300 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10301 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10302 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10303 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10307 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10308 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10310 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10311 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10312 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10313 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10314 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10315 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10317 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10320 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10321 ranged breakpoints. */
10324 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10326 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10327 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10330 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10332 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10335 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10336 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10337 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10340 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10341 ranged breakpoints. */
10344 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10346 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10347 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
10348 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
));
10349 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10352 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10354 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10356 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10357 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10358 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10359 last instruction of the given line. */
10362 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10366 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10367 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10368 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10375 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10377 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10379 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10386 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10389 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10391 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10392 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10393 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10395 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10396 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10397 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10398 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10399 struct event_location
*start_location
, *end_location
;
10401 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10402 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10403 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10405 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10406 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10407 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10409 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10410 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10412 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10413 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10414 error(_("No address range specified."));
10416 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10419 start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10420 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (start_location
);
10421 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
, &canonical_start
);
10422 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10425 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10426 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10427 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10429 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10431 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10432 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10433 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10435 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10436 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10437 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10439 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10440 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10442 /* Parse the end location. */
10444 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10447 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10448 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10449 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10450 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10451 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10452 end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10453 make_cleanup_delete_event_location (end_location
);
10454 decode_line_full (end_location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10455 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10456 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10458 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10460 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10461 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10463 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10464 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10465 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10466 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10468 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10470 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10471 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10472 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10474 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10476 /* Length overflowed. */
10477 error (_("Address range too large."));
10478 else if (length
== 1)
10480 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10481 the `hbreak' command. */
10482 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10484 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10489 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10490 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10491 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10492 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10493 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10494 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10495 b
->location
= copy_event_location (start_location
);
10496 b
->location_range_end
= copy_event_location (end_location
);
10497 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10499 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10502 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10503 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10506 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10507 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10508 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10512 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10514 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10520 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10521 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10524 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10534 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10535 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10536 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10537 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10538 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10540 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10567 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10570 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10571 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10576 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10577 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10578 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10579 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10580 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10581 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10582 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10584 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10585 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10590 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10592 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10593 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10594 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10595 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10597 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10598 are always constant. */
10600 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10602 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10603 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10604 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10609 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10610 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10611 then it is not a constant. */
10620 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10623 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10625 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10627 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10629 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10630 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10631 value_free (w
->val
);
10633 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10636 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10639 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10641 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10643 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10644 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10646 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10647 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10648 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10649 are loaded and unloaded.
10651 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10652 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10653 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10654 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10655 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10656 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10658 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10659 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10660 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10661 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10663 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10664 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10666 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10667 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10668 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10671 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10674 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10676 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10677 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10679 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10683 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10686 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10688 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10689 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10691 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10696 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10697 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10698 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10700 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10701 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10703 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10704 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10705 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10706 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10707 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10708 (did not match the data address). */
10709 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10710 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10717 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10719 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10721 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10724 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10725 hardware watchpoints. */
10728 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10730 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10731 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10733 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10736 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10737 hardware watchpoints. */
10740 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10742 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10743 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10746 static enum print_stop_action
10747 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10749 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10750 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10751 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10752 enum print_stop_action result
;
10753 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10754 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10756 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10758 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10759 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10761 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10762 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10764 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10765 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10769 case bp_watchpoint
:
10770 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10771 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10772 ui_out_field_string
10774 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10776 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10777 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10778 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10779 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10780 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10781 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10782 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10783 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10784 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10785 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10788 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10789 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10790 ui_out_field_string
10792 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10794 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10795 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10796 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10797 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10798 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10799 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10802 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10803 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10805 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10806 ui_out_field_string
10808 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10810 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10811 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10812 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10813 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10814 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10819 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10820 ui_out_field_string
10822 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10823 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10824 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10826 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10827 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10828 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10829 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10832 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10835 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10839 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10843 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10845 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10846 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10847 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10851 case bp_watchpoint
:
10852 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10853 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10855 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10856 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10857 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10859 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10860 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10861 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10863 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10864 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10865 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10868 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10869 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10872 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10873 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10874 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10875 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10878 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10882 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10884 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10888 case bp_watchpoint
:
10889 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10890 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10892 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10893 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10895 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10896 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10899 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10900 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10903 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10904 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10907 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10911 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10913 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10914 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10915 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10921 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10923 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10925 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10926 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10929 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10931 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10933 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10934 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10937 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10938 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10941 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10943 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10945 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10946 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10949 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10950 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10953 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10955 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10957 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10960 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10961 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10964 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10969 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10970 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10972 static enum print_stop_action
10973 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10975 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10976 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10978 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10979 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10981 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10982 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10986 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10987 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10988 ui_out_field_string
10990 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10993 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10994 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10995 ui_out_field_string
10997 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11000 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11001 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11002 ui_out_field_string
11004 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11007 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11008 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11012 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
11013 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11014 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11015 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11017 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11018 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11021 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11022 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11025 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
11026 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11028 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11030 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11031 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11033 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
11034 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11035 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11038 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11039 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11042 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11044 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11045 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11046 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11050 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11051 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11052 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11054 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11055 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11056 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11058 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11059 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11060 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11063 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11064 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11067 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11068 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11069 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11070 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11073 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11074 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11077 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11079 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11084 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11085 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11087 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11088 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11090 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11091 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11094 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11095 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11098 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11099 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11100 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11103 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11105 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11107 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11110 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11112 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11115 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11116 hw_read: watch read,
11117 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11119 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11120 int just_location
, int internal
)
11122 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11123 struct expression
*exp
;
11124 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11125 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11126 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11127 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11128 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11129 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11130 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11132 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11133 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11134 enum bptype bp_type
;
11137 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11138 the hardware watchpoint. */
11140 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11141 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11143 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11145 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11146 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11148 const char *value_start
;
11150 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11152 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11153 of the arguments string. */
11154 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11156 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11157 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11160 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11161 This is the value of the parameter. */
11162 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11164 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11166 /* Skip whitespace. */
11167 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11172 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11173 This is the parameter itself. */
11174 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11177 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11179 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11181 struct thread_info
*thr
;
11182 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11183 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11184 only in a specific thread. */
11188 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11190 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11191 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
11193 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
11194 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11195 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
11197 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
11199 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11201 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11202 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11204 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11207 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11209 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11211 mark
= value_mark ();
11212 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11213 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11214 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11217 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11220 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11221 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11228 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11229 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11231 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11232 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11233 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11234 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11235 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11237 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11238 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11240 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11243 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11244 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11248 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11249 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11251 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11254 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11255 mark
= value_mark ();
11256 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11258 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11260 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11261 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11268 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11269 val
= value_addr (result
);
11270 release_value (val
);
11271 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11275 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11278 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11279 else if (ret
== -2)
11280 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11283 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11284 release_value (val
);
11286 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11287 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11289 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11290 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11292 struct expression
*cond
;
11294 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11295 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11296 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11298 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11299 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11300 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11306 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11308 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11310 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11311 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11312 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11313 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11314 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11316 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11319 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11320 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11321 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11322 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11324 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11326 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11327 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11329 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11330 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11332 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11333 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11334 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11335 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11336 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11337 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11338 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11339 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11340 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11344 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11345 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11346 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11347 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11349 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11350 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11351 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11352 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11354 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11356 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11359 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11360 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11362 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11363 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11364 b
->thread
= thread
;
11365 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11366 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11368 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11369 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11372 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11373 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11376 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11377 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11379 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11380 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11383 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11384 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11386 /* The above expression is in C. */
11387 b
->language
= language_c
;
11390 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11394 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11399 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11400 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11405 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11407 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11411 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11412 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11416 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11417 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11420 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11422 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11423 need to act on them together. */
11424 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11425 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11428 if (!just_location
)
11429 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11433 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11434 that should be inserted. */
11435 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11437 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11439 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11440 throw_exception (e
);
11444 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11445 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11448 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11449 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11452 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11454 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11455 struct value
*head
= v
;
11457 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11458 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11461 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11462 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11463 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11464 hardware watchpoint.
11466 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11467 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11468 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11469 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11470 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11471 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11472 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11473 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11474 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11476 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11477 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11478 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11479 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11480 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11482 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11484 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11485 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11486 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11487 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11488 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11489 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11493 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11494 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11495 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11497 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11498 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11499 middle of some value chain. */
11501 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11502 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11504 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11508 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11509 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11510 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11512 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11516 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11520 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11521 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11522 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11523 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11524 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11527 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11528 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11529 return found_memory_cnt
;
11533 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11535 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11538 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11539 calls watch_command_1. */
11542 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11544 int just_location
= 0;
11547 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11548 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11550 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11554 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11558 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11560 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11564 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11566 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11570 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11572 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11576 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11578 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11582 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11584 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11588 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11589 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11592 struct until_break_fsm
11594 /* The base class. */
11595 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11597 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11600 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11601 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11603 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11605 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11608 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11609 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11610 static enum async_reply_reason
11611 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11613 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11615 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11618 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11619 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11620 NULL
, /* return_value */
11621 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11624 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11626 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11627 new_until_break_fsm (int thread
,
11628 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11629 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11631 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11633 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11634 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
);
11636 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11637 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11638 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11643 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11644 until(location)/advance commands. */
11647 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11649 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11650 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
11652 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11653 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11654 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11655 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11656 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11657 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11662 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11663 until(location)/advance commands. */
11666 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11668 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11670 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11671 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11673 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11674 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11676 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11678 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11679 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11681 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11684 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11685 until(location)/advance commands. */
11687 static enum async_reply_reason
11688 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11690 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11694 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11696 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11697 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11698 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11699 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11700 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11701 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11702 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11703 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11704 struct cleanup
*old_chain
, *cleanup
;
11706 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11707 struct event_location
*location
;
11708 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11710 clear_proceed_status (0);
11712 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11715 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11716 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
11718 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11719 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11720 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11721 get_last_displayed_line ());
11723 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11724 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11726 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11727 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11729 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11730 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11733 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11735 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11737 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11738 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11740 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11742 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11743 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11744 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11747 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11748 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11749 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11750 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11752 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11755 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11757 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11758 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11760 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11761 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11762 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11763 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11767 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11769 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11770 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11773 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11777 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11778 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11779 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11780 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11782 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11783 only at the very same frame. */
11784 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11785 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11786 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11788 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (tp
->global_num
,
11789 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11790 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11792 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11794 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11796 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
11799 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11800 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11802 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11803 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11804 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11805 if clause in the arg string. */
11808 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11812 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11815 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11818 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11819 condition string. */
11820 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11821 cond_string
= *arg
;
11823 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11825 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11827 return cond_string
;
11830 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11831 process start/exit, etc. */
11835 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11836 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11841 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11842 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11844 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11845 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11846 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11849 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11850 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11851 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11855 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11857 /* The allowed syntax is:
11859 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11861 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11862 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11864 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11865 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11867 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11868 and enable reporting of such events. */
11871 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11872 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11873 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11874 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11876 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11877 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11878 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11879 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11882 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11888 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11889 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11891 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11892 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11894 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11896 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11900 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11902 /* The allowed syntax is:
11904 catch exec if <cond>
11906 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11907 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11909 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11910 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11912 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11913 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11914 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11915 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11917 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11921 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11922 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11923 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11925 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11932 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11934 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11936 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11937 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11938 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11939 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11940 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11941 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11942 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11943 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11944 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11945 enough for now, though. */
11948 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11950 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11951 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11952 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11953 language_def (language_ada
));
11954 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11958 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11960 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11965 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11967 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11970 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11973 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11975 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11976 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11977 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11978 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11980 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11982 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11985 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11989 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11992 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11995 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11997 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11998 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
12001 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12002 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
12004 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
12008 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
12009 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12010 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
12011 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12016 sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
12017 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12018 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12020 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12021 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12022 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12023 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
12024 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
12025 error (_("No source file specified."));
12027 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12033 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12034 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12035 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12036 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12038 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12039 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12040 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12041 due to optimization, all in one block.
12043 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12044 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12045 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12046 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12047 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12048 to support that. */
12050 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12051 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12052 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12056 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12057 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12059 const char *sal_fullname
;
12061 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12062 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12063 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12066 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12071 1 0 <can't happen> */
12073 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12074 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12075 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12077 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12078 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12081 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12082 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12084 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12085 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12087 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12088 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12089 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12091 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12092 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12093 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12094 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12095 int line_match
= 0;
12097 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12098 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12099 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12100 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12101 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12102 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12103 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12106 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12115 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12119 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12120 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12123 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12125 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12128 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12129 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12130 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12131 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12132 compare_breakpoints
);
12133 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12134 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12138 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12143 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12144 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12147 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12148 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12150 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12153 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12156 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12157 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12160 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12162 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12165 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12166 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12167 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12170 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12172 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12174 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12175 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12176 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12178 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12180 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12182 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12183 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12187 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12188 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12189 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12190 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12191 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12192 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12195 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12197 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
12198 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
12200 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12201 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12203 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12204 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12207 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12208 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12209 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12211 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12212 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12213 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12215 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12216 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12217 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12219 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12220 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12221 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12223 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12226 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12227 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12228 content of the bp_location array. */
12231 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12233 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12235 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12236 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12238 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12240 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12242 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12245 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12246 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12248 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12249 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12250 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12251 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12253 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12255 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12256 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12257 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12258 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12262 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12265 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12267 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12268 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12269 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12271 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12273 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12275 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12276 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12277 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12279 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12280 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12281 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12284 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12286 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12287 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12289 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12292 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12295 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12297 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12298 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12299 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12300 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12303 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12305 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12308 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12310 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12311 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12312 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12313 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12316 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12319 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12322 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12324 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12325 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12326 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12327 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12329 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12330 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12331 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12332 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12333 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12335 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12336 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12337 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12338 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12339 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12340 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12341 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12342 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12345 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12346 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12347 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12351 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12353 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12354 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12355 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12358 address
= bl
->address
;
12359 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12361 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12362 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12363 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12365 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12366 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12369 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12370 the same program space as the location
12371 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12372 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12373 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12377 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12378 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12381 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12382 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12383 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12384 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12385 that have already been marked. */
12386 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12388 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12390 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12392 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12393 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12397 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12398 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12399 locations are duplicate of which.
12401 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12402 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12406 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12408 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12409 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12410 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12411 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12412 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12413 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12414 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12416 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12417 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12418 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12419 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12420 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12422 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12423 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12424 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12425 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12427 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12428 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12429 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12430 unsigned old_location_count
;
12432 old_location
= bp_location
;
12433 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12434 bp_location
= NULL
;
12435 bp_location_count
= 0;
12436 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12438 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12439 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12440 bp_location_count
++;
12442 bp_location
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_location_count
);
12443 locp
= bp_location
;
12444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12445 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12447 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12448 bp_location_compare
);
12450 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12452 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12453 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12454 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12455 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12456 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12459 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12460 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12462 locp
= bp_location
;
12463 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12466 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12467 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12469 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12470 not, we have to free it. */
12471 int found_object
= 0;
12472 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12473 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12476 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12477 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12478 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12479 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12483 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12484 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12487 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12488 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12489 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12491 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12492 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12493 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12495 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12496 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12499 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12503 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12504 have to go through updates again. */
12505 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12507 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12509 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12511 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12512 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12513 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12514 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12515 at certain location is not inserted. */
12517 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12519 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12522 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12524 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12525 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12526 keep_in_target
= 1;
12530 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12531 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12532 remove its target-side condition. */
12534 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12535 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12536 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12537 this one from the target. */
12539 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12540 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12543 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12544 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12547 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12549 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12551 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12552 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12553 supported, but the latter are. */
12554 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12556 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12557 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12560 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12561 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12563 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12564 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12566 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12567 keep_in_target
= 1;
12575 if (!keep_in_target
)
12577 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12579 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12580 this location on the global list, and try to
12581 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12582 reason why we will succeed next time.
12584 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12585 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12586 only after calling us. */
12587 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12588 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12589 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12597 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12598 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12600 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12601 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12602 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12603 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12604 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12605 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12606 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12607 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12608 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12609 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12610 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12611 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12612 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12613 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12616 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12617 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12619 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12620 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12621 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12622 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12623 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12624 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12625 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12626 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12627 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12628 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12629 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12630 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12631 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12634 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12635 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12636 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12637 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12639 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12640 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12641 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12642 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12643 traps we can no longer explain. */
12645 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12646 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12648 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12652 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12653 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12658 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12659 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12660 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12661 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12662 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12663 are sorted first for the same address.
12665 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12666 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12668 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12669 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12670 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12671 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12672 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12674 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12676 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12679 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12680 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12681 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12682 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12683 `struct bp_location'. */
12684 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12686 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12687 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12691 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12692 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12693 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12694 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12695 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12696 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12698 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12700 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12701 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12702 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12704 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12705 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12707 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12709 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12710 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12711 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12717 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12718 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12719 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12721 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12722 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12724 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12725 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12728 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12730 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12731 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12734 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12735 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12736 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12737 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12738 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12740 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12744 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12745 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12747 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12751 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12753 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12756 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12757 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12759 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12760 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12766 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12771 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12773 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12779 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12782 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12786 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12787 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12789 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12790 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12791 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12795 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12797 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12799 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12801 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12805 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12809 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12811 struct value_print_options opts
;
12813 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12815 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12817 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12819 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12820 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12821 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12822 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12824 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12825 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12827 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12829 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12830 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12835 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12836 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12842 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12844 printf_filtered (" at ");
12845 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12848 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12850 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12852 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12853 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12854 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12855 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12857 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12858 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12859 real situation somewhat. */
12860 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12861 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12866 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12868 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12870 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12875 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12878 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12880 xfree (self
->cond
);
12881 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12882 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12883 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12885 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12886 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12889 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12894 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12898 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12900 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12901 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12902 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12903 xfree (self
->filter
);
12904 delete_event_location (self
->location
);
12905 delete_event_location (self
->location_range_end
);
12908 static struct bp_location
*
12909 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12911 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12913 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12914 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12919 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12921 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12924 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12925 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12928 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12930 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12934 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12936 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12940 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12941 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12943 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12945 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12949 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12954 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12958 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12960 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12963 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12967 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12969 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12972 static enum print_stop_action
12973 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12975 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12979 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12980 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12986 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12988 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12992 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12994 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12998 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12999 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13000 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13001 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13003 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13007 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13008 struct linespec_result
*c
,
13010 char *extra_string
,
13011 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13012 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13014 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13015 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
13016 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13017 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13019 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13023 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13024 const struct event_location
*location
,
13025 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13026 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13028 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13031 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13034 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13039 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13042 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13044 /* Nothing to do. */
13047 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13049 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13050 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13051 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13052 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13053 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13054 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13055 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13056 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13057 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13058 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13060 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13061 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13062 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13063 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
13064 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13065 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
13066 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13067 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13070 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13073 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13075 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13076 if (event_location_empty_p (b
->location
))
13078 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
13079 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13083 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13087 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13089 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13090 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13092 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13096 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13098 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13099 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13101 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13105 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13106 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13107 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13109 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13110 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13113 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13117 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13118 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13119 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13126 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13127 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13128 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13130 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13131 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13133 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13134 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13135 be set at the same address. */
13139 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13143 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13145 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13150 static enum print_stop_action
13151 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13153 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13154 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13156 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13158 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13160 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13161 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13163 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13164 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13165 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13168 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13169 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
13172 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary breakpoint ");
13174 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Breakpoint ");
13175 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13177 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13178 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13179 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13181 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13182 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13184 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13188 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13190 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13195 case bp_breakpoint
:
13196 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13197 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13198 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13200 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13201 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13202 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13203 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13205 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13206 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13209 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13217 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13219 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13220 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13221 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13222 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13223 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13224 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13225 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13226 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13227 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13229 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13230 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13232 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13233 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
));
13235 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13236 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13237 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13238 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13240 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13244 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13245 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13246 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13248 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13252 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13253 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13255 char *extra_string
,
13256 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13257 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13259 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13260 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13261 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13262 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13264 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13265 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13267 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13268 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13269 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13273 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13274 const struct event_location
*location
,
13275 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13276 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13278 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13281 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13284 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13288 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13289 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13290 case bp_overlay_event
:
13291 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13292 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13293 case bp_exception_master
:
13294 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13297 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13298 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13299 case bp_shlib_event
:
13301 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13302 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13303 case bp_thread_event
:
13309 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13311 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13313 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13314 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13315 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13316 objects (among other things). */
13317 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13318 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13324 static enum print_stop_action
13325 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13327 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13329 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13333 case bp_shlib_event
:
13334 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13335 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13336 to shlib event" message.) */
13337 print_solib_event (0);
13340 case bp_thread_event
:
13341 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13342 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13343 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13346 case bp_overlay_event
:
13347 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13348 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13351 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13352 /* These should never be enabled. */
13353 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13356 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13357 /* These should never be enabled. */
13358 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13359 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13362 case bp_exception_master
:
13363 /* These should never be enabled. */
13364 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13365 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13369 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13373 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13375 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13378 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13381 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13383 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13384 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13385 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13386 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13390 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13392 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13395 static enum print_stop_action
13396 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13398 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13402 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13404 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13407 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13409 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13410 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13413 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13415 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (self
->thread
);
13418 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13420 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13423 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13426 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13428 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13432 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13434 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13435 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13444 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13446 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13447 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13448 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13452 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13456 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13457 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13458 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13460 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13462 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
13463 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13464 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13468 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13469 const struct event_location
*location
,
13470 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13471 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13473 *sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
13475 error (_("probe not found"));
13478 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13481 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13483 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13487 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13488 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13489 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13491 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13497 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13498 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13500 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13501 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13503 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13505 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13506 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13507 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13508 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13513 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13515 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13520 case bp_tracepoint
:
13521 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13522 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13524 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13525 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13526 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13528 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13529 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13530 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13533 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13534 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13541 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13543 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13545 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13546 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13547 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13548 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13549 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13550 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13552 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13553 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13555 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13556 event_location_to_string (self
->location
));
13557 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13559 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13560 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13564 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13565 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13566 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13568 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13572 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13573 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13575 char *extra_string
,
13576 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13577 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13579 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13580 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13581 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13582 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13584 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13585 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13587 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13588 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13589 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13593 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13594 const struct event_location
*location
,
13595 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13596 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13598 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13601 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13603 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13607 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13608 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13609 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13610 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13612 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13613 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13617 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13618 const struct event_location
*location
,
13619 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13620 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13622 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13623 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13626 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13628 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13631 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13633 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13635 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13636 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13638 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13639 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13640 3 - disconnect from target 1
13641 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13643 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13644 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13645 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13646 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13647 it all the time. */
13648 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13649 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13652 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13655 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13657 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13658 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
),
13660 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13663 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13666 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13667 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13668 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13669 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13670 address are all handled. */
13673 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13675 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13676 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13677 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13679 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13680 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13681 condition not be evaluated. */
13684 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13685 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13686 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13687 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13688 commands here throws. */
13689 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13690 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13691 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13693 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13695 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13696 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13698 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13701 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13705 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13706 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13707 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13709 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13710 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13712 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13714 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13715 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13717 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13718 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13719 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13720 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13722 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13723 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13727 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13728 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13730 char *extra_string
,
13731 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13732 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13734 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13735 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13736 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13737 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13740 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13741 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13743 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13744 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13745 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13746 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13747 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13748 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13750 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13752 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13753 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13754 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13755 struct event_location
*location
;
13757 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13758 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13760 location
= copy_event_location (canonical
->location
);
13761 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
13763 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13764 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13766 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13767 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13768 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13769 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13770 canonical
->special_display
);
13771 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13772 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13773 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13774 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13775 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13776 corresponds to this one */
13777 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13779 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13781 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13786 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13787 const struct event_location
*location
,
13788 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13789 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13791 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13792 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13794 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13795 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13797 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13801 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13804 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13807 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13809 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13812 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13816 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13818 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13820 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13822 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13823 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13826 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13827 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13828 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13829 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13830 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13833 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13834 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13835 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13836 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13838 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13841 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13842 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13843 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13845 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13846 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13848 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13849 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13850 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13851 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13855 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13857 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13858 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13859 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13860 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13861 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13864 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13865 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13866 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13867 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13869 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13871 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13872 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13874 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13875 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13877 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13881 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13883 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13884 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13885 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13886 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13887 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13888 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13889 commands won't work. */
13891 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13893 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13894 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13895 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13896 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13897 might be better design to have location completely
13898 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13899 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13901 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13902 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13903 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13904 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13909 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13911 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13915 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13917 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13920 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13921 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13924 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13925 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13929 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13934 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13936 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13937 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13939 if (next
== related
)
13941 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13942 function (related
, data
);
13944 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13945 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13950 function (related
, data
);
13954 while (related
!= b
);
13958 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13960 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13963 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13964 delete_breakpoint. */
13967 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13969 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13973 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13975 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13981 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13983 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13984 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13985 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13986 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13987 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13989 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13993 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13995 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13997 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13998 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13999 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14003 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14006 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
14007 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
14011 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
14013 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14015 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14016 if ((pspace
== NULL
14017 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
14018 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
14019 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14024 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14025 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14026 Null names are ignored. */
14029 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14031 struct bp_location
*l
;
14032 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
14033 (int (*) (const void *,
14034 const void *)) streq
,
14035 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
14037 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14040 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
14042 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14046 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
14048 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14052 htab_delete (htab
);
14058 htab_delete (htab
);
14062 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14063 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14064 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14065 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14066 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14067 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14068 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14069 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14072 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14073 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14074 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14075 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14076 in the sources, and output a warning.
14078 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14079 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14080 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14081 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14082 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14085 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14086 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14087 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14088 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14089 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14090 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14091 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14092 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14093 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14095 static struct symtab_and_line
14096 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14098 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14099 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14104 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14106 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14108 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14109 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14111 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14113 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14114 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14115 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14120 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14122 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14124 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14125 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14127 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14130 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14132 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14134 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14135 struct symbol
*sym
;
14136 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14137 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14138 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
14140 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14142 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14143 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14145 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14146 "found at previous line number"),
14147 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14151 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14153 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14154 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14155 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14158 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14159 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14160 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14162 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14163 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14164 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14166 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14168 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14170 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14173 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14174 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14176 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14177 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14179 delete_event_location (b
->location
);
14180 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14181 explicit_loc
.source_filename
14182 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14183 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
14184 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
14185 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14187 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14190 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14196 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14197 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14200 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14204 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14207 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14210 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14217 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14223 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
14224 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
14225 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
14227 static struct bp_location
*
14228 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
14230 struct bp_location head
;
14231 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
14232 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
14233 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
14235 if (pspace
== NULL
)
14246 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
14261 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
14262 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
14263 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
14264 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
14268 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14269 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
14270 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14271 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14274 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
14276 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14278 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14280 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14281 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14282 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14283 "multiple locations found\n"),
14288 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14289 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14290 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14291 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14292 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14293 individual locations. */
14294 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14297 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
14299 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14301 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14303 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14305 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14307 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14309 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14313 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14316 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14317 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14320 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14322 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14323 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14324 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14325 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14330 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14332 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14334 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14338 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14341 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14342 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14343 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14344 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14345 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14346 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14347 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14349 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14351 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14353 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14354 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14356 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14357 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14365 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14366 if (l
->function_name
14367 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14377 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14378 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14380 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14383 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14384 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14386 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14387 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14388 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
14390 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14391 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14393 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14397 b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, &sals
);
14399 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14401 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14405 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14406 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14407 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14408 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14409 state, then user already saw the message about that
14410 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14412 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14413 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14415 && search_pspace
!= NULL
14416 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
14417 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14418 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14419 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14420 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14422 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14424 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14425 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14426 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14427 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14428 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14429 which approach is better. */
14430 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14431 throw_exception (e
);
14436 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14440 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14441 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14442 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14444 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14447 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14448 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14450 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14452 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14453 b
->thread
= thread
;
14457 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14458 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14460 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14463 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14464 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14474 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14475 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14479 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14482 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14483 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14484 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14485 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
14487 sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
, filter_pspace
, &found
);
14490 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14494 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14496 sals_end
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
,
14497 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14500 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14501 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14505 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14508 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14509 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14512 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14513 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14514 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14516 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14519 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14520 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14524 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14525 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14527 char *extra_string
,
14528 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14529 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14531 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14532 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14533 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14534 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14536 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14538 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14539 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14540 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14543 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14544 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14547 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14548 const struct event_location
*location
,
14549 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
14550 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14552 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14554 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14555 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
14556 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14557 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14560 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14561 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14563 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14565 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14567 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14568 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14569 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14571 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14574 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14577 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14579 static struct cleanup
*
14580 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14582 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14583 set_language (b
->language
);
14585 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
14588 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14589 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14590 Unused in this case. */
14593 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14595 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14596 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14597 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14599 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14600 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14601 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14605 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14606 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14609 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14611 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14612 enum language save_language
;
14613 int save_input_radix
;
14614 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14616 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14617 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14618 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14620 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14622 /* Format possible error msg. */
14623 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14625 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14626 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14627 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14629 set_language (save_language
);
14630 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14632 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14634 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14636 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14637 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14638 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14639 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14642 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14644 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14645 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14647 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14649 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14651 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14652 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14654 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14655 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14656 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14658 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14662 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14663 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14664 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14667 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14669 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14674 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14675 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14677 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14679 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14680 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14685 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14689 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14690 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14692 else if (count
== 1)
14693 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14696 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14697 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14700 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14704 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14707 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14710 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14716 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14718 num
= get_number (&p
);
14720 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14722 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14724 set_ignore_count (num
,
14725 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14728 printf_filtered ("\n");
14731 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14732 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14735 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14740 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14742 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14744 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14745 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14747 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14749 while (!state
.finished
)
14751 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14755 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14758 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14762 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14763 if (b
->number
== num
)
14766 function (b
, data
);
14770 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14775 static struct bp_location
*
14776 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14778 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14782 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14783 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14788 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14790 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14792 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14793 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14798 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14799 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14802 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14804 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14808 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14811 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14817 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14818 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14819 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14822 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14824 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14825 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14826 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14827 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14830 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14832 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14833 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14835 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14836 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14838 struct bp_location
*location
;
14840 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14841 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14844 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14846 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14849 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14852 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14854 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14857 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14858 disable_breakpoint. */
14861 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14863 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14867 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14871 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14873 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14874 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14875 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14879 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14883 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14885 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14892 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14894 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14895 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14896 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14897 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14899 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14902 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14903 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14909 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14912 int target_resources_ok
;
14914 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14917 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14918 target_resources_ok
=
14919 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14921 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14922 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14923 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14924 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14927 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14929 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14930 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14934 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14936 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14937 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14938 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14940 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14942 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14943 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14950 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14952 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14953 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14955 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14956 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14958 struct bp_location
*location
;
14960 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14961 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14964 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14965 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14966 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14968 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14973 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14975 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14979 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14981 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14984 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14985 enable_breakpoint. */
14988 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14990 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14993 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14994 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14995 in stopping the inferior. */
14998 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15002 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15004 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15005 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
15006 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15010 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15014 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
15016 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15023 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15025 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15026 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15027 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15028 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
15030 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15033 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15034 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15039 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15049 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15051 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
15053 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
15057 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15059 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
15061 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15065 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15067 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15071 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
15073 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
15075 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15079 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15084 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
15086 count
= get_number (&args
);
15088 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15092 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15094 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15096 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15100 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15102 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15106 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15111 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15115 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15116 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15120 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15121 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15122 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15124 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15126 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15127 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15128 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15130 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15132 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15134 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15136 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15137 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15138 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15139 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15141 value_free (wp
->val
);
15149 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15152 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15153 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15156 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15157 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15158 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15160 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15162 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15163 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
15166 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15168 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15169 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15170 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15172 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15175 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15178 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15179 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15182 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15184 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15186 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15192 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15196 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15199 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15201 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15203 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15204 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15210 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15212 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15214 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15216 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15217 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15221 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15223 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15224 struct event_location
*location
;
15225 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15227 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15228 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15229 if (location
!= NULL
15230 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
15231 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15233 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15235 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15237 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15239 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15240 0 /* Ignore count */,
15241 pending_break_support
,
15245 0 /* internal */, 0);
15246 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15250 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15252 struct event_location
*location
;
15253 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15255 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15256 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15257 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15259 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15261 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15262 0 /* Ignore count */,
15263 pending_break_support
,
15264 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15267 0 /* internal */, 0);
15268 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15271 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15274 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15276 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15277 struct event_location
*location
;
15278 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15280 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15281 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15282 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15284 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15285 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15289 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15290 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15293 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15294 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15296 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15298 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15299 0 /* Ignore count */,
15300 pending_break_support
,
15304 0 /* internal */, 0);
15305 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15308 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15309 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15311 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15312 static int next_cmd
;
15315 read_uploaded_action (void)
15319 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15326 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15327 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15328 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15329 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15330 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15332 struct tracepoint
*
15333 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15335 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15336 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15337 struct event_location
*location
;
15338 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15340 if (utp
->at_string
)
15341 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15344 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15345 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15346 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15348 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15349 "source location, using raw address"),
15351 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15352 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15355 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15356 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15357 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15358 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15361 location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
, current_language
);
15362 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15363 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15365 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15366 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15368 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15369 0 /* Ignore count */,
15370 pending_break_support
,
15371 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15373 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15375 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15377 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15381 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15383 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15384 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15385 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15389 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15392 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15395 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15396 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15397 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15399 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15401 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15406 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15408 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15410 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15411 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15412 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15413 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15416 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15417 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15418 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15423 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15427 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15429 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15432 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15434 if (num_printed
== 0)
15436 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15437 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15439 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15442 default_collect_info ();
15445 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15446 Not supported by all targets. */
15448 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15450 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15453 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15454 Not supported by all targets. */
15456 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15458 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15461 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15463 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15465 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15471 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15473 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15474 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15475 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15477 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15478 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15480 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15484 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15486 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15488 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15489 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15490 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15494 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15497 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15500 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15502 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15503 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15505 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15506 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15509 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15511 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15512 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15513 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15516 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15518 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15519 unsigned int count
;
15521 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15522 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15523 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15525 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15527 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15528 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15530 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15532 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15534 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15536 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15538 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15539 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15542 else if (*args
== '\0')
15544 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15546 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15550 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15552 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15553 while (!state
.finished
)
15555 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15557 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15562 struct tracepoint
*
15563 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15565 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15567 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15568 if (t
->number
== num
)
15569 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15574 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15575 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15578 struct tracepoint
*
15579 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15581 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15583 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15585 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15587 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15594 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15595 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15596 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15597 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15599 struct tracepoint
*
15600 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15601 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15603 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15605 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15609 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15610 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15612 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15613 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15615 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15619 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15620 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15623 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15627 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15628 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15630 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15633 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15638 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15640 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15641 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15644 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15646 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15649 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15650 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15651 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15655 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15656 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15658 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15660 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15661 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15662 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15664 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15665 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15667 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15668 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15670 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15671 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15674 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15675 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15680 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15682 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15684 /* We can stop searching. */
15691 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15695 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15696 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15697 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15699 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15700 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15701 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15703 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15704 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15706 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15708 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15709 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15712 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15713 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15716 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15718 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15719 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15722 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15723 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15725 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15726 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15728 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15730 struct gdb_exception exception
;
15732 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15734 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15737 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15739 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15741 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15742 throw_exception (ex
);
15746 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15747 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15750 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15751 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
15753 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15754 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15755 special, and not user visible. */
15756 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15758 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15761 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15767 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15768 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15771 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15772 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15775 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15778 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15780 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15783 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15786 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15788 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15791 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15793 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15794 all_tracepoints (void)
15796 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15797 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15799 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15801 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15808 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15809 locations used by several commands. */
15811 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15812 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15813 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15814 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15815 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15816 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15818 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15819 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15820 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15822 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15823 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15824 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15825 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15826 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15828 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15829 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15830 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15833 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15834 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15835 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15836 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15837 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15838 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15839 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15842 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15843 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15845 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15846 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15847 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15848 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15849 conditions are different.\n\
15851 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15853 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15854 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15856 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15857 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15860 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15861 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15862 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15863 void *user_data_catch
,
15864 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15866 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15868 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15870 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15871 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15872 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15874 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15876 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15877 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15878 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15882 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15884 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15885 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15886 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15889 struct breakpoint
*
15890 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15893 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15895 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15897 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15904 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15905 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15908 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15910 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15911 non-inline function. */
15912 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15918 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15919 have been inlined. */
15922 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15923 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15925 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15926 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15928 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15930 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15933 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15935 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15936 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15944 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15947 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15949 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15951 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15952 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15953 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15957 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15959 static int initialized
= 0;
15961 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15967 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15968 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15969 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15970 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15971 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15972 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15973 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15974 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15975 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15976 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15977 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15978 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15980 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15981 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15982 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15983 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15984 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15985 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15986 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15987 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15989 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15990 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15991 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15992 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15993 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15994 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15995 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15996 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15997 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15998 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
16000 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16001 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
16002 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16003 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
16004 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
16005 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
16006 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
16008 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16009 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16010 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16011 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
16012 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
16013 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
16014 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
16016 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16017 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
16018 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16019 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
16021 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16022 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16023 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16024 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
16025 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
16026 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
16027 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
16030 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16031 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16032 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
16033 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
16034 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
16035 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
16036 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
16037 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
16038 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
16039 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
16040 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
16041 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
16042 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
16043 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
16045 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16046 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16047 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16048 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16049 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16050 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16051 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16052 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16053 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16054 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16055 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16058 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16059 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16060 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16061 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16062 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16063 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16064 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16065 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
16066 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16067 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
16069 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16070 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16071 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16072 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
16073 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
16075 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16076 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16077 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16078 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
16079 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16080 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
16082 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16083 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16084 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16085 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16086 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16087 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16088 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16089 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16090 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16091 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16093 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16094 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16095 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16096 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16097 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16098 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16099 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16100 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16101 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16102 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16104 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16105 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16106 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16107 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16108 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16109 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16110 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16111 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16112 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16113 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16114 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16116 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16117 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16118 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16119 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16120 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16121 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16122 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16123 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16124 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16125 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16126 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16127 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16129 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16130 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16131 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16132 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16133 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16134 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16135 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16136 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16137 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16140 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16142 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16145 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16147 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16149 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16151 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16152 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16153 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16155 breakpoint_objfile_key
16156 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16158 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16159 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16160 before a breakpoint is set. */
16161 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16163 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16165 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16166 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16167 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16169 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16170 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16171 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16172 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16173 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16174 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16175 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16176 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16178 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16179 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16180 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16181 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16182 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16184 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16185 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16186 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16187 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16188 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16190 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16191 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16193 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16194 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16195 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16196 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16198 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16199 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16201 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16202 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16203 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16204 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16206 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16207 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16209 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16210 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16211 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16212 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16213 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16214 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16215 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16217 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16219 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16220 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16221 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16222 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16223 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16224 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16226 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16227 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16228 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16231 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16232 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16233 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16236 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16237 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16238 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16239 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16242 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16243 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16244 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16247 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16248 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16249 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16252 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16253 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16254 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16255 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16258 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16259 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16260 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16261 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16262 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16263 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16264 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16265 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16267 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16268 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16269 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16270 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16271 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16272 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16275 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16276 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16277 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16278 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16280 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16281 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16282 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16283 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16284 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16286 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16287 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16288 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16289 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16290 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16293 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16294 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16295 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16297 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16298 is executing in.\n"
16299 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16300 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16301 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16303 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16304 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16305 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16306 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16308 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16309 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16310 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16311 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16315 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16316 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16317 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16318 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16319 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16320 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16321 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16322 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16323 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16324 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16325 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16326 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16327 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16328 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16329 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16330 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16332 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16333 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16334 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16335 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16336 breakpoint set."));
16339 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16340 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16341 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16342 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16343 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16344 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16345 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16346 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16347 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16349 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16350 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16351 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16352 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16353 breakpoint set."));
16355 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16357 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16358 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16359 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16360 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16361 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16362 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16363 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16364 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16365 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16366 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16367 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16368 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16369 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16371 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16372 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16373 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16374 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16376 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16378 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16379 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16380 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16381 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16383 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16384 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16385 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16386 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16388 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16389 catch_fork_command_1
,
16391 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16392 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16393 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16394 catch_fork_command_1
,
16396 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16397 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16398 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16399 catch_exec_command_1
,
16403 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16404 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16405 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16406 catch_load_command_1
,
16410 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16411 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16412 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16413 catch_unload_command_1
,
16418 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16419 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16420 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16421 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16422 an expression changes.\n\
16423 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16424 the memory to which it refers."));
16425 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16427 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16428 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16429 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16430 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16431 an expression is read.\n\
16432 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16433 the memory to which it refers."));
16434 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16436 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16437 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16438 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16439 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16440 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16441 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16442 the memory to which it refers."));
16443 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16445 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16446 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16448 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16449 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16450 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16451 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16452 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16453 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16454 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16455 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16456 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16459 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16460 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16462 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16464 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16466 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16467 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16469 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16470 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16471 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16473 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16474 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16475 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16476 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16478 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16479 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16481 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16482 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16483 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16485 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16486 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16488 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16489 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16490 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16491 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16492 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16493 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16494 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16495 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16496 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16498 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16499 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16500 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16501 conditions are different.\n\
16503 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16504 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16505 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16507 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16508 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16509 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16510 last tracepoint set."));
16512 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16514 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16515 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16516 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16517 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16519 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16521 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16522 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16523 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16524 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16526 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16528 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16529 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16530 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16531 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16533 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16535 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16536 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16537 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16538 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16539 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16541 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16542 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16543 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16544 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16546 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16547 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16548 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16549 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16550 session to restore them."),
16552 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16554 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16555 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16556 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16558 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16560 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16561 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16563 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16564 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16565 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16566 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16567 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16568 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16569 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16570 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16571 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16572 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16573 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16574 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16576 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16577 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16578 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16579 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16580 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16581 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16582 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16583 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16585 show_pending_break_support
,
16586 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16587 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16589 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16591 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16592 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16593 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16594 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16595 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16596 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16597 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16599 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16600 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16601 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16603 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16604 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16605 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16606 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16607 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16608 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16609 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16610 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16611 when execution stops."),
16613 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16614 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16615 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16617 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16618 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16619 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16620 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16621 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16622 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16623 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16624 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16625 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16626 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16627 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16628 be set to \"gdb\""),
16629 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16630 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16631 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16632 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16634 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16635 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16636 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16637 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16638 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16639 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16640 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16641 or the start of the range\n\
16642 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16643 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16644 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16646 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16647 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16648 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16650 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16651 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16652 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16653 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16654 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16655 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16657 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16658 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16659 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16660 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16661 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16662 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16663 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16664 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16665 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16666 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16667 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16668 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16670 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16671 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16672 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16673 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16674 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16675 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16676 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16678 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16679 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16680 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16681 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16682 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16683 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16684 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16686 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16687 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16688 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16689 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16690 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16691 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16694 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16696 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16697 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16698 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16700 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16702 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16703 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);